Aastra 67 Series Administrator'S Manual Download Page 756 | Manualshive

Page: 756 / 1140

background image

Upgrading the Firmware

8-10

41-001160-04 Rev 02, Release 2.5

IP Phone Administrator Guide

2

In the “

Mode

” field, select the auto-resync mode you want to use to automatically update the phone.

Valid values are:

None

Disable auto-resync

Configuration Files

Updates the configuration files on the IP phone automatically at the specified

time if the files on the server have changed.

Firmware

Updates the firmware on the IP phone automatically at the specified time if the

files on the server have changed.

Both

Updates the configuration files and firmware automatically at the specified time

if the files on the server have changed.

Notes

:

1. If a user is accessing the Aastra Web UI, they are not informed of an auto-reboot.
2. Any changes made using the Aastra Web UI or the IP phone UI are not overwritten by an

auto-resync update. Auto-resync affects the configuration files only. However, the settings in the
Aastra Web UI take precedence over the IP phone UI and the configuration files.

3. The resync time is based on the local time of the IP phone.
4. If the IP phone is in use (not idle) at the time of the resync check, the reboot occurs when the

phone becomes idle.

3

In the “

Time (24-hour)

” field, select the time that you want the update to take place.

Valid values are 00:00 to 23:30 (in 30 minute increments).

Notes

:

1. The resync time is based on the local time of the IP phone.
2. The value of 00:00 is 12:00 A.M.
3. When selecting a value for this parameter in the Aastra Web UI, the values are in 30-minute

increments only.

4

In the “

Maximum Delay

” field, specify the maximum time, in minutes, the phone waits past the

scheduled time before starting a checksync. The range is 0 to 1439. Default is 15.

5

In the “

Days

” field, specify the amount of days that the phone waits between checksync operations.

The range is 0 to 364. Default is 0.

Note:

A value of 0 causes the phone to checksync every time the clock reads the proper time. A

value of 1 forces the phone to wait 24 hours prior to doing the first checksync.

6

Click

to save your settings.

These changes are not dynamic.
You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect.

Aastra Web UI

Step

Action

«
...
754
755
756
757
758
...
»

Summary of Contents for 67 Series

Page 1: ...Administrator Guide Release 2 5 SI SIP I IP PHONE PHONE 41 001160 04 Rev 02 9143i 9480i 9480i CT 9143i 9480i 9480i CT and 67xxi Series Phones and 67xxi Series Phones ...

Page 2: ...ul use While every effort has been made to ensure accuracy Aastra Telecom will not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained within this documentation The information contained in this documentation is subject to change without notice Copyright 2009 Aastra Telecom www aastratelecom com All Rights Reserved ...

Page 3: ...ribe translate or reduce to electronic medium or machine readable form or language derive source code without the express written consent of the Seller and its Suppliers or disseminate or otherwise disclose the Software to third parties All Software furnished hereunder whether or not part of firmware including all copies thereof are and shall remain the property of Seller and its Suppliers and are...

Page 4: ......

Page 5: ...odel 6730i IP Phone 1 16 Model 6731i IP Phone 1 19 Model 6751i IP Phone 1 22 Model 6753i IP Phone 1 25 Model 6755i IP Phone 1 28 Model 6757i and 6757i CT IP Phones 1 32 Firmware Installation Information 1 38 Description 1 38 Installation Considerations 1 38 Installation Requirements 1 39 Configuration Server Requirement 1 40 Firmware and Configuration Files 1 41 Description 1 41 Configuration File...

Page 6: ...ons 3 8 Phone Status 3 9 Restarting Your Phone 3 13 Set Phone to Factory Defaults Erase Local Configuration 3 15 Basic Settings 3 19 Account Configuration 3 37 Network Settings 3 39 Line Settings 3 72 Softkeys Programmable Keys Expansion Module Keys 3 73 Action URI 3 74 Configuration Server Settings 3 77 Firmware Update Features 3 86 TLS Support 3 87 802 1x Support 3 91 Troubleshooting 3 94 Chapte...

Page 7: ...s 5 5 Administrator Passwords 5 9 Locking Unlocking the Phone 5 10 Defining an Emergency Dial Plan 5 16 Time and Date 5 19 Backlight Mode 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT only 5 30 Audio DHSG Headset 6753i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT 5 33 Live Dial Pad 5 35 Language 5 36 Locking IP Phone Keys 5 52 Locking Unlocking the SAVE and DELETE keys 6753i 5 53 Local Dial Plan 5 56 Park Calls Pick Up Parked Calls 5 62 Supp...

Page 8: ... 145 Customizing the Key Type List in the Aastra Web UI 5 166 Speeddial Prefixes 5 169 Enabling Disabling Ability to Add or Edit a Speeddial Key 5 170 Busy Lamp Field BLF 5 171 BLF Subscription Period 5 177 BLF Xfer and Speeddial Xfer Keys 5 179 Speeddial Conference Key not applicable to the 6751i 5 185 Automatic Call Distribution ACD for Sylantro Servers 5 189 ACD Subscription Period 5 199 BLA Su...

Page 9: ...ing Parties 5 371 Transferring Two Existing Calls 5 372 Authentication Support for HTTP HTTPS Download Methods used with Broadsoft Client Management System CMS 5 373 Customizing the Display Columns on the M675i Expansion Module 5 376 Chapter 6 Configuring Advanced Operational Features Advanced Operational Features 6 3 Description 6 3 MAC Address Line Number in REGISTER Messages 6 5 SIP Message Seq...

Page 10: ...Header in SIP Packet 6 52 Chapter 7 Encrypted Files on the IP Phone Encrypted Files on the IP Phone 7 2 Configuration File Encryption Method 7 2 Procedure to Encrypt Configuration Files 7 4 Vendor Configuration File Encryption 7 6 Chapter 8 Upgrading the Firmware Upgrading the Firmware 8 2 Using the Firmware Update Page in the Aastra Web UI 8 2 Using the Restart Feature 8 5 Using the Auto Resync F...

Page 11: ...ied IP Phone UI Options Menu A 7 Network Settings A 8 DHCP Option Settings A 13 Password Settings A 15 Emergency Dial Plan Settings A 16 Aastra Web UI Settings A 17 Configuration Server Settings A 18 Multiple Configuration Server Settings A 29 Network Address Translation NAT Settings A 31 Rport Setting A 33 Local SIP UDP TCP Port Setting A 34 Local SIP TLS Port A 34 HTTPS Client and Server Setting...

Page 12: ...gs A 113 As Feature Event Subscription Settings A 116 Transport Layer Security TLS Settings A 117 802 1x Support Settings A 126 RTP Codec DTMF Global Settings A 134 Autodial Settings A 139 Voicemail Settings A 142 Directory Settings A 144 Callers List Settings A 146 Customize Callers List and Services Key A 147 Call Forward Settings A 148 Call Forward Key Mode Settings A 149 LLDP MED and ELIN Sett...

Page 13: ...t and Receive Gain Adjustment Settings A 205 Directed Call Pickup BLF or XML Call Interception Settings A 209 ACD Auto Available Timer Settings A 211 Park and Pickup Global Settings not applicable to 6751i A 212 Mapping Key Settings A 214 Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters A 217 Softkey Settings for 8 and 11 Line LCD phones A 219 Programmable Key Settings for 9143...

Page 14: ...on Interaction Setting A 265 XML Override for a Locked Phone Setting A 266 Symmetric UDP Signaling Setting A 266 User Agent Setting A 267 GRUU and sip instance Support A 267 DNS Query Setting A 268 Ignore Out of Order SIP Requests A 269 Optional Allow and Allow Event Headers A 269 P Asserted Identity PAI A 270 Route Header in SIP Packet A 270 Configuration Encryption Setting A 271 Troubleshooting ...

Page 15: ... Sample BLF Softkey Settings Sample BLF Softkey Settings D 2 Asterisk BLF D 2 BroadSoft BroadWorks BLF D 3 Appendix E Sample Multiple Proxy Server Configuration Multiple Proxy Server Configuration E 2 Limited Warranty Index Third Party Copyright Compliance ...

Page 16: ......

Page 17: ...ration of the IP phones Audience This guide is for network administrators system administrators developers and partners who need to understand how to operate and maintain the IP phone on a SIP network It also provides some user specific information This guide contains information that is at a technical level more suitable for system or network administrators Prior knowledge of IP Telephony concept...

Page 18: ...del 9143i 9480i 9480i CT and 67xxi Series SIP IP Phone Administrator Guide explains how to set the phone up on the network as well as advanced configuration instructions for the SIP IP phone This guide contains information that is at a technical level more suitable for a system or network administrator Model specific SIP IP Phone User Guides explains the most commonly used features and functions f...

Page 19: ...bal SIP Features on the IP Phone Chapter 4 Configuring operational information on the IP Phones Chapter 5 Configuring advanced operational information on the IP Phones Chapter 6 Encryption information Chapter 7 Firmware upgrade information Chapter 8 Troubleshooting solutions Chapter 9 Configuration parameters Appendix A Configuring the IP Phones at the Asterisk PBX Appendix B Sample configuration ...

Page 20: ......

Page 21: ...els use for operation Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page IP Phone Models page 1 3 Model 9143i IP Phone page 1 7 Model 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones page 1 11 Model 6731i IP Phone page 1 19 Model 6751i IP Phone page 1 22 Model 6755i IP Phone page 1 28 Model 6757i and 6757i CT IP Phones page 1 32 Firmware Installation Information page 1 38 Installation Considerations page 1 38...

Page 22: ...ter 1 2 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Firmware and Configuration Files page 1 41 Configuration File Precedence page 1 43 Installing the Firmware Configuration Files page 1 44 Topic Page ...

Page 23: ...ol SIP The 9480i CT and 6757i CT offers the base phone along with a cordless extension References For more information about the features and installation requirements see the SIP IP Phone Installation Guide for your specific model The following illustrations show the types of IP Phone Models Options Directory Delete Save Mute Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Co nf Service s Xfer Ico m Hold Redial Go od bye Opt...

Page 24: ...or Guide Optional Accessories for all 9xxxi and 67xxi IP Phones The following are optional accessories for the IP Phones 6755i 6757i 6757i CT 6753i 6751i 6730i 6731i Power over Ethernet PoE Additional Ethernet Cable category 5 5e straight through Inline Power Injector cable ...

Page 25: ... Accessories for 6731i and 6751i IP Phones The following are optional accessories for the 6731i and 6751i IP Phones Optional Accessories for 6753i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT IP Phones The following are optional accessories for the 6753i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT IP Phones Warning Do not use this inline PoE power injector to power other devices See your phone specific Installation Guide for more infor...

Page 26: ...tional softkeys for the phone The M675i module adds 60 additional softkeys to the IP phone models 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT using the 3 function keys on the bottom right of the unit The M675i module provides an LCD display for display softkey labels Up to 3 modules can be piggy backed to provide up to 180 additional softkeys for the phone Reference For more information about installing and using th...

Page 27: ...key configuration feature Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Supports up to 9 call lines Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af standard which eliminates power adapters AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availability of feature dependant on y...

Page 28: ...o exits an open list such as the Options List without saving changes Hold key Places an active call on hold To retrieve a held call press the call appearance button beside the light that is flashing Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Callers List key Allows you to access the Callers List that stores up to 200 of the last calls received Confer...

Page 29: ...d protected Contact your System Administrator for more information Directory key Accesses the Directory on the phone The Directory List is your personal phone book conveniently stored within your phone You can enter up to 200 entries into the 9143i Directory by adding them manually or by saving the number and name from other lists stored on your phone Each entry can contain a maximum of 16 letters...

Page 30: ...ed on the programmable keys keys are configured as None Note For more information about configuring the programmable keys 1 through 7 to perform specific functions see Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features the section Softkeys Programmable Keys Feature Keys Expansion Module Keys on page 5 145 Mute key Mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you the light indicator flashes when th...

Page 31: ...dular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet switch lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af standard which eliminates power adapters AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availability of feature dependant on your phone system or service provider 35i 35i Conf onf Servi vices es Xfer er Icom om ABC ABC DEF DEF GHI GHI JKL JKL...

Page 32: ... the light that is flashing Redial key Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers Pressing the Redial key twice simultaneously redials the last dialed number Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Handsfree key Activates Handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset When the audio mode option is set this key is used to swi...

Page 33: ... Begins an intercom call to a remote extension and answers incoming intercom calls The 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones also have default softkey 4 configured as Icom Services key Displays a list of Services available to your phone if specific services have been configured The available Aastra services include Directory Callers Log The 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones also have default softkey 1 configure...

Page 34: ... Administrator Guide 9480i CT Cordless Handset Features 5 line backlit display screen 2 multi functional softkeys Programmable function key supports up to 14 functions Vibration Alerter Headset Jack Desk charging stand 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 ...

Page 35: ...ogrammed Feature Key List Scrolls up when in the various lists Adds a space during editing 5 Softkeys Activates feature or option shown on the display above the keys 6 Call key Used to obtain dial tone Also used as a Hold key 7 Dial Pad 8 Mute Key When used prevents the caller from hearing you 9 Headset Jack 10 Status Light 11 Release key To end calls and go on hook Exits Menu and the various list...

Page 36: ...ilable with a symbol keypad or a text keypad 6730i Phone Features Symbol and Text 3 line LCD screen 8 programmable top keys Press and hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports up to 6 call lines with LEDs Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset mode support via handset jack AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availability of feature dependant on your...

Page 37: ...es on the LCD display if there is more than 1 line of status text messages These buttons also let you scroll through menu selections such as the Options List Pressing the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys lets you view the different line call appearances While in the Options List these keys allow you to exit or enter the current option When you are editing entries on the display pressing the LEFT arrow ke...

Page 38: ...or the programmable keys on the 6730i IP phone 1 None 2 None 3 None 4 None 5 SAVE Allows you to save numbers preconfigured and or names to the Directory Using this key you enter the number name and line or speeddial key to record in the Directory List 6 DELETE Allows you to delete entries preconfigured from the Directory List and Callers List Must enter the Directory or Callers list and select an ...

Page 39: ...grammable top keys Press and hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports up to 6 call lines with LEDs Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset mode support via handset jack Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer Inline power support based on 802 3af standard which eliminates power adapters AC power adapter optional equipment not inc...

Page 40: ...ext messages on the LCD display if there is more than 1 line of status text messages These buttons also let you scroll through menu selections such as the Options List Pressing the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys lets you view the different line call appearances While in the Options List these keys allow you to exit or enter the current option When you are editing entries on the display pressing the LEF...

Page 41: ...grammable keys on the 6730i IP phone 1 None 2 None 3 None 4 None 5 SAVE Allows you to save numbers preconfigured and or names to the Directory Using this key you enter the number name and line or speeddial key to record in the Directory List 6 DELETE Allows you to delete entries preconfigured from the Directory List and Callers List Must enter the Directory or Callers list and select an entry then...

Page 42: ... keypad or a text keypad 6751i Phone Features Symbol and Text 3 line LCD screen 1 call appearance line Press and Hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports 1 call line with transfer capabilities Full duplex speakerphone for hands free calls Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer AC power adapter sold separately Set paging Availability of featu...

Page 43: ...ontrol key Adjusts the volume for the handset ringer and handsfree speaker Save key Saves names and numbers to the Directory List Also saves names and numbers from the Callers List to the Directory List Delete key Deletes individual or all entries from the Directory List and Callers List Deletes all entries from the Redial List You can also use this key to backspace and delete a character when ent...

Page 44: ...s such as the Options List UP Arrow This key also acts as a Transfer Key allowing you to transfer calls when required DOWN Arrow This key also acts as a Conference Key allowing you to join conferences when required Pressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view the lines on the LCD While in the Options List the navigation keys allow you to exit or enter the current option When you are editing e...

Page 45: ... Features 3 line LCD screen 6 programmable top keys 3 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in two port 10 100 Ethernet ports lets you share a connection with your computer AC power adapter included Enhanced busy lamp fields Set paging Availa...

Page 46: ... the call appearance button beside the light that is flashing Redial key Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers Pressing the Redial key twice simultaneously redials the last dialed number Volume control key Adjusts the volume for the handset headset ringer and handsfree speaker Line Call Appearance key Connects you to a line or call The Aastra 6753i IP phone supports up to 3 line keys Handsfr...

Page 47: ...se keys are locked but can be unlocked and made configurable if required by the System Administrator The following are the default functions for the programmable keys on the 6753i IP phone 1 SAVE Allows you to save numbers and or names to the Directory Using this key you enter the number name and line or speeddial key to record in the Directory List 2 DELETE Allows you to delete a single entry or ...

Page 48: ... the 6755i 6755i Phone Features 8 line graphical LCD screen 144 x 75 pixels with white backlight 12 programmable keys 6 programmable hard keys on the top 6 programmable state based softkeys on the bottom 4 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Buil...

Page 49: ... options to customize your phone Your System Administrator may have already customized some of your settings Check with your System Administrator before changing the administrator only options Hold key Places an active call on hold To retrieve a held call press the call appearance button beside the light that is flashing Redial key Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers Pressing the Redial ke...

Page 50: ...ow key erases the character on the left pressing the RIGHT arrow key sets the option Programmable keys 6 Top keys programmable hard keys up to 6 programmable functions By default the top keys 1 through 4 are assigned as Services Directory Callers List and Intercom respectively Keys 5 and 6 have no assigned functions All 6 keys are programmable and can be assigned to perform specific functions The ...

Page 51: ...c functions on the 6755i IP phone However after you lift the handset there are specific static softkeys that display that cannot be changed These are as follows 1 DIAL Allows you to dial out on the phone 2 CONF Begins a conference call with the active phone 3 XFER Transfers the active call to another number Note For more information about configuring softkeys 1 through 6 to perform specific functi...

Page 52: ... Phone Features 11 line graphical LCD screen 144 x 128 pixels with white backlight 12 multi functional softkeys 6 Top Keys programmable static softkeys 6 Bottom Keys programmable state based softkeys 4 call appearance lines with LEDs Press and Hold speeddial key configuration feature Supports up to 9 call lines Full duplex speakerphone for handsfree calls Headset support modular connector Built in...

Page 53: ...cesses options to customize your phone Your System Administrator may have already customized some of your settings Check with your System Administrator before changing the administrator only options Hold key Places an active call on hold To retrieve a held call press the call appearance button beside the light that is flashing Redial key Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers Pressing the Red...

Page 54: ...n mute Navigation keys Pressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view different status and text messages on the LCD display if there is more than 1 line of status text messages These buttons also let you scroll through menu selections such as the Options List Pressing the LEFT and RIGHT arrow keys lets you view the different line call appearances While in the Options List these keys allow you t...

Page 55: ... third parties 2 DIRECTORY Displays up to 200 names and phone numbers stored in alphabetical order 3 CALLERS LIST Accesses the last 200 calls received 4 ICOM Accesses another extension on the network 5 NONE No assigned function 6 NONE No assigned function 7 NONE No assigned function By default the bottom softkeys 8 through 12 have no assigned functions You can configure all 6 bottom softkeys to pe...

Page 56: ... Administrator Guide 6757i CT Cordless Handset Features 5 line backlit display screen 2 multi functional softkeys Programmable function key supports up to 14 functions Vibration Alerter Headset Jack Desk charging stand 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 ...

Page 57: ...n in the various lists Adds a space during editing 5 Softkeys Activates feature or option shown on the display above the keys 6 Call key Used to obtain dial tone Also used as a Hold key 7 Dial Pad 8 Mute Key When used prevents the caller from hearing you 9 Headset Jack 10 Status Light 11 Release key To end calls and go on hook Exits Menu and the various lists 12 Menu Key Access key to the differen...

Page 58: ...figuration server setup you may have the IP phone may download a firmware version automatically or you may need to download it manually Installation Considerations The following considerations must be made before connecting the IP phone to the network If you are planning on using dynamic IP addresses make sure a DHCP server is enabled and running on your network If you are not planning on using dy...

Page 59: ...ng Power source For Ethernet networks that supply in line power to the phone IEEE 802 3af For power use the Ethernet cable supplied to connect from the phone directly to the network for power No power adapter required For Ethernet networks that DO NOT supply power to the phone For power use the Power Adapter to connect from the DC power port on the phone to a power source or optional For power use...

Page 60: ...a configuration server The configuration server allows you to Store the firmware images that you need to download to your IP phone Stores configuration files for the IP phone Reference To set the protocol for your configuration server see Chapter 4 the section Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 112 To update the firmware on your phone see Chapter 8 Upgrading the Firmware ...

Page 61: ...owing file phone model st This file contains information about the specific IP Phone model and contains the language packs to load to the phone The configuration files consist of two files called aastra cfg This file contains configuration information about the IP Phone MAC cfg for example 00085D1610DE cfg This file contains configuration information about the IP Phone Note Automatic download is d...

Page 62: ... Chapter 5 the section Language on page 5 36 IP Phone Model Associated Firmware Configuration Files Language Files 9143i 9143i st aastra cfg MAC cfg for example 00085D1610DE cfg lang_de txt German lang_es txt Spanish lang_es_mx txt Mexican Spanish lang_fr txt French lang_fr_ca txt Canadian French lang_it txt Italian lang_pt txt Portuguese lang_pt_br txt Brazillian Portuguese lang_ru txt Russian 94...

Page 63: ...nt of conflicting values set by the different methods values are applied in the following sequence 1 Default values hard coded in the phone software 2 Values downloaded from the configuration server 3 Values stored locally on the phone The last values to be applied to the phone configuration are the values that take effect For example if a parameter s value is set in the local configuration via Aa...

Page 64: ...ile phone model st to the root directory of the configuration server The IP phone accepts the new firmware file only if it is different from the firmware currently loaded on the IP phone Note The phone model attribute is the IP phone model i e 9143i st 9480i st 9480iCT st 6730i st 6731i st 51i st 53i st 55i st 57i st 57iCT st 3 Copy the Aastra configuration files aastra cfg and mac cfg to the root...

Page 65: ... using a new parameter called firmware server in the configuration files If a URL is specified for this parameter the phones in the network get the security tuz mac cfg and aastra cfg files from the original configuration server and the firmware files from the server specified in the URL Examples To download all configuration and firmware files from the original configuration server firmware serve...

Page 66: ...eter to specify a server other than the original configuration server from which the phones get their firmware firmware server Note Specifying the download of a st file is not supported For example the following filename should NEVER be entered as a value string for the firmware server parameter firmware server tftp 10 30 102 158 test1 57i st Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can ...

Page 67: ...P Phones on page 1 48 The following table specifies the files that the original configuration server downloads and the files that another server can download to the phone Files always downloaded from original configuration server are by order All files that can be downloaded from original configuration server OR another specified server are by order security tuz mac cfg mac tuz aastra cfg aastra t...

Page 68: ...he Multiple Configuration Server feature are Directory Files directory 1 directory 2 Language Pack Files language 1 language 2 language 3 language 4 Valid files names you can specify for languages are lang_de txt German lang_es txt Spanish lang_es_mx txt Mexican Spanish lang_fr txt French lang_fr_ca txt Canadian French lang_it txt Italian lang_pt txt Portuguese lang_pt_br txt Brazillian Portuguese...

Page 69: ...lowing example downloads no language pack file language 1 The following example downloads the German language pack to the phones from the original configuration server language 1 lang_de txt The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file lang_de txt German language pack from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 language 1 ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path lang_de txt Note...

Page 70: ...e from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 sips local certificate ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesLocalCert pem 802 1x Security Authentication Certificate Files The following example downloads no 802 1x local certificate file 802 1x local certificate The following example downloads the 802 1x local certificate for the phone from the original configuration server 802 1x local c...

Page 71: ...s The following example downloads the HTTPS user certificates for the phone from the original configuration server https user certificates trustedCerts pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file user crt pem https user certificate file from the test1 directory on server 12 43 33 234 using port 50 https user certificates ftp test password 12 43 33 234 50 test1 user crt pem ...

Page 72: ......

Page 73: ...r can use to configure the IP phones Topics This chapter covers the following topics Note Features characteristics requirements and configuration that are specific to a particular phone model are indicated where required in this guide Topic Page Configuration Methods page 2 2 IP Phone UI page 2 2 Aastra Web UI page 2 6 Configuration Files Administrator Only page 2 17 ...

Page 74: ...strator A User can configure a subset of these features and functions Users of the IP phones should see their Model specific User s Guide for available features and functions Reference Refer to Chapter 1 the section IP Phone Models on page 1 3 for keys specific to your phone model For more information about using the hard keys on each phone see Chapter 5 the section Locking IP Phone Keys on page 5...

Page 75: ...n Administrator can apply a simplified options menu to the IP phones An Administrator can also enable and disable the use of an Administrator password protection in the IP phone UI These features are configurable using the configuration files only For more information about these features see Chapter 3 the section Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu on page page 3 5 and Chapter 5 the section Admin...

Page 76: ... Methods 2 4 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide 6753i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT 6757i CT Handset 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 Options Key Options Key 6751i Options Key 6730i 6731i ...

Page 77: ...D phones To select an option press the Select softkey press 4 or select the number on the keypad that corresponds to the option in the Option List 4 On 3 line LCD phones Use the Set softkey after making a change to an option to save the change On 8 and 11 line LCD phones Use the Change softkey to change a selected option 5 Press the Done softkey at any time to save the changes and exit the current...

Page 78: ...ayer Security TLS as a sublayer under its regular HTTP application layering SSL is a commonly used protocol for managing the security of a message transmission on the Internet It uses a 40 bit key size for the RC4 stream encryption algorithm which is considered an adequate degree of encryption for commercial exchange TLS is a protocol that ensures privacy between communicating applications and the...

Page 79: ...client and server HTTPS Client When an HTTPS client opens and closes its TCP socket the SSL software respectively handshakes upon opening and disconnects upon closing from the HTTPS server The main HTTPS client functions are Downloading of configuration files and firmware images Downloading of script files based on an HTTPS URL supplied by a softkey definition HTTPS Server The HTTPS server provide...

Page 80: ...displaying Loading Page Authentication Support for HTTP HTTPS Download Methods for Broadsoft Client Management System CMS The IP Phones have authentication support per RFC 2617 when using HTTP or HTTPS as download protocols If a 5i Series phone is challenged by an HTTP or HTTPS server when the server attempts to download the aastra cfg file the phone automatically sends aastra as the default Usern...

Page 81: ...by others Accepting the certificate then forwards you to the phone s Web UI Reference For more information on configuring the HTTPS protocol see Chapter 4 the sections Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 112 HTTPS Client Server Configuration on page 4 40 Notes 1 The private key and certificate generate outside the phone and embed in the phone firmware for use by the HTTPS serve...

Page 82: ...following procedure to access the Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Open your web browser and enter the phone s IP address or host name into the address field The following is an example of the Login screen that displays IP address or host name ...

Page 83: ...sword is 22222 For a user the default username is user and the password field is left blank The IP phones accept numeric passwords only The Network Status window displays for the IP phone you are accessing The following illustration is an example of a Network Status screen for the 6757i IP phone 3 You can logout of the Aastra Web UI at any time by clicking LOGOFF Step Action 6757i Network Status W...

Page 84: ...y to the 9143i 6730i 6731i 6753i and 6755i Softkeys apply to the 9480i 9480i CT 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT Expansion Modules apply to the 6753i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT only Heading Description User Password Allows you to change user password Applicable to User and Administrator Phone Lock Allows you to assign an emergency dial plan to the phone lock the phone to prevent any changes to the phone and...

Page 85: ... 6753i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT only Applicable to User and Administrator Handset Keys 9480i CT and 6757i CT only Allows you to configure up to 15 softkeys on the handset Applicable to User and Administrator Keypad Speed Dial Allows you to configure up to 9 speeddial keys These fields map to the keypad digits 1 through 9 on the phone You can also configure additional speeddials on the programmable...

Page 86: ...nP Mapping Lines Message Waiting Indicator Line DND Key Mode Call Forward Key Mode Use LLDP ELIN This section also allows you to set Incoming Intercom Settings Outgoing Intercom Settings Admin Only Administrator can enable these for a User if required Group Paging RTP Settings Key Mapping Admin Only Ring Tones Priority Alert Settings Admin Only Directed Call Pickup Settings Admin Only Auto Call Di...

Page 87: ...ines on the IP phone Action URI Allows an administrator to specify a uniform resource identifier URI that triggers a GET when certain events occur An Administrator can also specify a URI to be called enable polling for the URI and specify the interval between polls Applicable to Administrator Only Configuration Server Allows you to set the protocol to use on the configuration server TFTP default F...

Page 88: ...AP MD5 or EAP TLS Applicable to Administrator Only Troubleshooting Allows you to perform troubleshooting tasks whereby the results can be forwarded to Aastra Technical Support for analyzing and troubleshooting Applicable to Administrator Only Configuration Files Step Action 1 Using a text based editing application open the mac cfg file if you want to disable the Web UI on a single phone Open the a...

Page 89: ...fg mac cfg References For information about configuration file precedence see Chapter 1 Overview For a description of each configuration file parameter see Appendix A Configuration Parameters Using the Configuration Files When you use the configuration files to configure the IP phones you must use a text based editing application to open the configuration file aastra cfg or mac cfg Use the followi...

Page 90: ...all during the phones run time The parameters appear as read only when accessing the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI In the Aastra Web UI they appear grayed out In the IP Phone UI the ability to change the parameters is removed In addition when parameters are locked they cannot be changed via XML Configuration files Step Action 1 Using a text based editing application open the configuration file...

Page 91: ...ked using XML Configuration files that include locked parameters are not backwards compatible Notes 1 The parameter locking feature applies to Release 2 4 and up Any phones that have a previous release loaded on the phone will not be able to use the locking functionality in the configuration file 2 Any parameter duplicated in the mac cfg from the aastra cfg is overwritten by the locking status and...

Page 92: ......

Page 93: ... Administrator can use the IP Phone UI the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files to enter and change values This chapter provides information about the available Administrator options Topics This chapter covers the following topics Note Specific options are configurable only via the IP Phone UI and or Aastra Web UI and or configuration files Topic Page Administrator Level Options page 3 3 IP Ph...

Page 94: ...15 Basic Settings page 3 19 Account Configuration page 3 37 Network Settings page 3 39 Line Settings page 3 72 Softkeys Programmable Keys Expansion Module Keys page 3 73 Action URI page 3 74 Configuration Server Settings page 3 77 Firmware Update Features page 3 86 TLS Support page 3 87 802 1x Support page 3 91 Troubleshooting page 3 94 Topic Page ...

Page 95: ... using the IP Phone UI the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files IP Phone UI Options Using the IP Phone UI you can access the Administrator options at Options Administrator Menu using the default password of 22222 Note An administrator has the option of enabling and disabling the use of password protection in the IP phone UI This is configurable using the configuration files only For more infor...

Page 96: ...IP Settings Factory Default Erase Local Config References For information about all other user options in the Options Menu see your model specific SIP IP Phone User Guide For procedures on configuring Administrator Options on the IP phone via the IP phone UI see Chapter 4 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features Chapter 6 Configuri...

Page 97: ... Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu You can enable the simplified IP Phone UI Options menu using the configurations files only Full Options Menu Simplified Options Menu Call Forward Call Forward Preferences Preferences Phone Status Phone Status User Password Removed Administrator Menu Removed Restart Phone Removed Phone Lock Phone Lock Warning When using the simplified menu you cannot change the ...

Page 98: ...nistrator logs into the Web UI using a Web browser and entering the Admin username and password at the login prompt The default username is admin and the default password is 22222 The IP phones accept numeric passwords only The column on the left side of the screen indicates the configurable options A User has limited configuration options as shown in the following illustrations Administrator Web ...

Page 99: ...er can configure this via the Aastra Web UI if enabled by an Administrator Basic Settings Preferences Key Mapping Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Basic Settings Preferences Directed Call Pickup Settings Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings Language 1 entering language pack filename Language 2 entering language...

Page 100: ...e IP Phone see Chapter 4 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features For procedures on configuring the Basic Settings for the IP Phone see Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features Configuration File Options An Administrator can enter specific parameters in the configuration files to configure the IP phones All parameters in configuration files can only be set by an administr...

Page 101: ...us via IP Phone UI In the IP phone UI the Phone Status options are available to the user and the administrator and do not require a password entry The following options display for phone status on the IP phone UI Phone Status Screen for 3 Line LCD Display Phones Phone Status Screen for 8 and 11 Line LCD Display Phones Phone Status 1 IP MAC Addresses 2 LAN Port 3 PC Port 4 Firmware Info Enter Next ...

Page 102: ...ys the Link State Negotiation Method Speed and Duplex Method that the phone uses on its PC Port Firmware Info Displays information about the firmware that is currently installed on the IP phone Phone Status via Aastra Web UI The first screen that displays after logging into the Aastra Web UI for a phone is the Network Status screen This screen also displays when selecting Status System Information...

Page 103: ...ex for Port 0 and Port 1 Hardware Information Displays the current IP phone platform and the revision number Firmware Information Displays information about the firmware that is currently installed on the IP phone Information in this field includes Firmware Version Firmware Release Code Boot Version Release Date Time SIP Status Displays information about the SIP registration status of the phone If...

Page 104: ...roxy aastra com on port 5060 Status is Registered Backup registrar is used Yes SIP Error Number Displays on accounts when registration fails with the SIP proxy server Example Backup Registrar Line SIP Account Status Used 4 9057604601 anasipproxy aastra com 5060401 No where Account Number is 4 SIP Account is 9057604601 anasipproxy aastra com on port 5060 Status is 401 Unregistered if SIP registrati...

Page 105: ...OR To re load modified configuration files OR If the settings for the IP phone on the IP PBX system have been modified You can restart the phone using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Restarting the Phone Using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Restart Phone 3 For 3 Line LCD Displays Press to confirm Note To cancel t...

Page 106: ...strator Level Options 3 14 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Restarting the Phone Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the phone ...

Page 107: ...tory defaults for all of the settings in the aastra cfg mac cfg and local configuration Performing this action results in losing all user modified settings You can reset a phone to factory defaults using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Setting Factory Defaults Using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Me...

Page 108: ...nistrator Guide Settings Factory Defaults Using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Restore to Factory Defaults field click This restores all factory defaults and removes any saved configuration and directory list files ...

Page 109: ...dified settings For more information about local configuration see Chapter 1 the section Configuration File Precedence on page 1 43 Erasing the Phone s Local Configuration Using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu and enter your Administrator Password default is 22222 3 Select Erase Local Config 4 For 3 ...

Page 110: ...istrator Guide Erasing the Phone s Local Configuration Using the Aastra Web UII Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Remove Local Configuration Settings field click This removes the last customized configuration settings made on the phone ...

Page 111: ...es the number and pattern of digits that a user dials to reach a particular telephone number Dial Plan field accepts up to 512 characters For more information on this feature see Local Dial Plan on page 5 56 Send Dial Plan Terminator sip dial plan terminator Allows you to enable or disable a dial plan terminator When you configure the dial plan on the phone to use a dial plan terminator such as th...

Page 112: ...s screen is available on all phones EXCEPT the 9143i 6751i and 6753i To configure the Pickup feature on a global basis see Chapter 5 the section Park Calls Pick Up Parked Calls on page 5 62 To configure the Pickup feature on a key see Chapter 5 the section Park Pick Up Key not applicable to the 6751i on page 5 237 Suppress DTMF Playback Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators ...

Page 113: ...les the playing of a beep to indicate a status on the phone When the phone receives a status message the BEEP notifies the user that the message is displaying For more information on this feature see XML Beep Support on page 5 75 Status Scroll Delay seconds Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators xml status scroll delay Allows you to set the time delay in seconds between the s...

Page 114: ... 5 88 UPnP Mapping Lines Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators upnp mapping lines Enables or disables the use of Universal Plug and Play UpnP on a specific line on the IP phone For more information on this feature see UPnP Mapping Lines for remote phones on page 5 91 Message Waiting Indicator Line Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators mwi led line Allo...

Page 115: ...tion Call Forwarding on page 5 252 Use LLDP ELIN Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators use lldp elin Enables or disables the use of an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN received from LLDP as a caller ID for emergency numbers Caution In Release 2 3 and later LLDP is enabled by default If LLDP is enabled on your network the phones may come up with different network...

Page 116: ...intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller For more information on this feature see Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In on page 5 106 Microphone Mute Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators sip intercom mute mic Enables or disables the microphone on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the originating caller For more information on this feature...

Page 117: ...ntercom calls This parameter is required for all server side Intercom calls For more information on this feature see Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In on page 5 106 Line sip intercom line Specifies the line for which the IP phone uses the configuration from when making the Intercom call The IP phone uses the first available line for physically making the call but uses the co...

Page 118: ...f a value is entered for this parameter If you leave this parameter blank the Redial key returns to its original functionality Note If you configure the Redial key for speeddialing on the 9480i CT or 6757i CT Base Stations the Redial key on the 9480i CT and 6757i CT handsets retain their original functionality The Redial key on the handset is not configured for speeddial For more information on th...

Page 119: ...n on this feature see Ring Tones and Tone Sets on page 5 121 N A LineN Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators lineN ring tone Sets the type of ring tone on the IP phone on a per line basis Ring tone can be set to one of six distinct rings For more information on this feature see Ring Tones and Tone Sets on page 5 121 Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameter in Configuration Files...

Page 120: ...6 Priority alert priority When an alert priority keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is applied to the IP phone For more information on this feature see Priority Alerting on page 5 126 Auto Call Distribution alert auto call distribution When an alert acd keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is applie...

Page 121: ...3 Directed Call Pickup Prefix directed call pickup prefix Allows you to specify a prefix to use for directed call pickup that you can use with a BLF or BLF List softkey For more information on this feature see Directed Call Pickup BLF or XML Call Interception on page 5 133 Play a Ring Splash play a ring splash Enables or disables the playing of a short ring splash tone when there is an incoming ca...

Page 122: ...o available Enables or disables the use of the ACD Auto Available Timer For more information on this feature see Automatic Call Distribution ACD for Sylantro Servers on page 5 189 Auto Available Timer acd auto available timer Specifies the length of time in seconds before the IP phone status switches back to available For more information on this feature see Automatic Call Distribution ACD for Syl...

Page 123: ...date to various formats For more information on this feature see Time and Date on page 5 19 Time Zone Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators N A time zone name Custom Parameters time zone minutes dst minutes dst start end relative date dst start month dst end month dst start week dst end week dst start day dst end day dst start hour dst end hour This parameter allows you to s...

Page 124: ... can be set by both Users and Administrators Time Server 2 time server2 This parameter allows you to set the IP address of Time Server 2 in dotted decimal format For more information on this feature see Time Servers on page 5 27 Time Server 3 Note This option can be set by both Users and Administrators Time Server 3 time server3 This parameter allows you to set the IP address of Time Server 3 in d...

Page 125: ...stra Web UI Parameters in Configuration Files Description Live Dialpad Note This option can be set by a User via the IP Phone UI and by an Administrator via the IP Phone UI and the configuration files N A live dialpad This parameter turns the Live Dialpad feature ON or OFF For more information on this feature see Live Dial Pad on page 5 35 ...

Page 126: ... Web UI Valid values for all models are 0 English 1 French 2 Spanish 3 German 4 Italian 5 Portuguese 6 Russian Valid values for the CT handsets are 0 English 1 French 2 Spanish Note All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language Packs...

Page 127: ...value for this parameter allows users to enter text and characters in the IP Phone UI Aastra Web UI and in XML applications via the keypad on the phone in the language s specified Valid values are English French Français German Deutsch Italian Italiano Spanish Español Portuguese Português Russian Русский For more information on this feature see Specifying the Input Language to Use on page 5 43 Par...

Page 128: ...h lang_fr txt French lang_fr_ca txt Canadian French lang_it txt Italian lang_pt txt Portuguese lang_pt_br txt Brazillian Portuguese lang_ru txt Russian Notes 1 The languages packs you load are dependant on available language packs from the configuration server 2 You must reboot the phone to load a language pack For more information on this feature see Loading Language Packs on page 5 36 Parameter ...

Page 129: ... for these features are Account Phone Custom You can set the modes for DND and CFWD in the Aastra Web UI at the path Basic Settings Preferences General or using the following parameters in the configurations files dnd key mode call forward key mode The following table describes the behavior of the mode settings for DND and CFWD Modes DND CFWD Account Sets DND for a specific account A pre configure...

Page 130: ... the account you configured is enabled All other accounts are grayed out but set to the same configuration Using the Aastra Web UI if you make changes to that initial account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone Custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing a pre configured DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn D...

Page 131: ...k Settings The following paragraphs describe the network parameters you can configure on the IP phone Network settings are in two categories Basic network settings Advanced network settings Note Specific parameters are configurable using the Aastra Web UI only and are indicated where applicable ...

Page 132: ...work information The DHCP server serves the network information that the IP phone requires If the IP phone is unable to get any required information then you must enter it manually DHCP populates the following network information IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Domain Name Servers DNS TFTP HTTP HTTPS and FTP servers and Timer Servers Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or qualifi...

Page 133: ...nformation see Configuring Network Settings Manually on page 4 24 Primary DNS Primary DNS dns1 Primary domain name server IP address For any of the IP address settings on the IP phone a domain name value can be entered instead of an IP address With the help of the domain name servers the domain names for such parameters can then be resolved to their corresponding IP addresses To assign static DNS ...

Page 134: ... PC Port Enabled 3 Line LCD Phones Enable PassThru Port 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones N A LAN Port PC Port PC Port PassThru Enable Disable 3 Line LCD Phonesi PC Port PassThru Enable Disable 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones ethernet port 0 ethernet port 1 pc port passthrough enabled The send TX and receive RX negotiation to use on the Ethernet LAN Port and Ethernet PC Port for transmitting and receiving data ov...

Page 135: ...oot For more information see Using Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone on page 4 14 Download Options DHCP Download Options dhcp config option override The value specified for this parameter overrides the precedence order for determining a configuration server Valid values are 1 Disabled ignores all DHCP configuration options 0 Any 43 66 159 160 Notes 1 If the DHCP server supplies Options 159 and ...

Page 136: ...es LLDP MED and Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN on page 5 101 N A LLDP Packet Interval lldp interval The amount of time in seconds between the transmission of LLDP Data Unit LLDPDU packets The value of zero 0 disables this parameter Caution In Release 2 3 and later LLDP is enabled by default If LLDP is enabled on your network the phones may come up with different network settings For...

Page 137: ...r in the event that only non default UPnP gateways get discovered on the network The UPnP port mappings are saved to this IP address so even if the phone reboots it will still have the correct port mappings For more information see Chapter 4 Universal Plug and Play UPnP for remote phones on page 4 50 NAT IP NAT IP sip nat ip IP address the network device that enforces NAT For more information see ...

Page 138: ...nabled sip nortel nat support Enables or disables the phone to operate while connected to a network device that enforces NAT For more information see Chapter 4 Configuring Nortel NAT optional on page 4 32 N A Nortel NAT Timer seconds sip nortel nat timer The interval in seconds that the phone sends SIP ping requests to the Nortel proxy For more information see Chapter 4 Configuring Nortel NAT opti...

Page 139: ...ter to 1 prevents the use of the configured Time Server s For more information see Chapter 4 Network Time Servers on page 4 67 N A Time Servers 1 2 and 3 time server1 time server2 time server3 time server4 The 1st 2nd 3rd and 4th time server s IP address or qualified domain name If the time server is enabled the value for time server1 will be used to request the time from For more information see ...

Page 140: ...tion on page 4 40 XML HTTP POSTs HTTPS Server Block XML HTTP POSTs https block http post xml Enables or disables the blocking of XML scripts from HTTP POSTs Some client applications use HTTP POSTs to transfer XML scripts The phones s HTTP server accepts these POSTs even if server redirection is enabled effectively bypassing the secure connection When this parameter is enabled blocking is enabled r...

Page 141: ...sport Layer Security version 1 TLS 1 0 is a protocol that ensures privacy between communicating applications and their users on the Internet TLS is the successor to SSL SSL 3 0 Secure Socket Layer version 3 SSL 3 0 is a commonly used protocol for managing the security of a message transmission on the Internet For more information see Chapter 4 HTTPS Client Server Configuration on page 4 40 Paramet...

Page 142: ... valid or are not signed by Verisign Thawte or GeoTrust the phones fail to download configuration files For more information see Chapter 4 HTTPS Server Certificate Validation on page 4 44 Check Expires Check Certificate Expiration https validate expires Enables or disables the HTTPS validation of the expiration of the certificates When this parameter is set to 1 the HTTPS client verifies whether o...

Page 143: ...lename https user certificates Specifies a file name for a PEM file located on the configuration server This file contains the User provided certificates in PEM format These certificates are used to validate peer certificates Note You must disable the https validate certificates parameter in order for the phone to accept the User provided certificates For more information see Chapter 4 HTTPS Serve...

Page 144: ...e Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP for SIP packets For more information see Chapter 4 Type of Service ToS Quality of Service QoS and DiffServ QoS on page 4 54 Type of Service RTP RTP tos rtp The Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP for RTP packets For more information see Chapter 4 Type of Service ToS Quality of Service QoS and DiffServ QoS on page 4 54 Type of Service RTCP RTCP tos rtcp...

Page 145: ... Chapter 4 Virtual LAN optional on page 4 54 Other Priority Priority Non IP Packet priority non ip Specifies the priority value for non IP packets For more information see Chapter 4 Virtual LAN optional on page 4 54 LAN Port Settings Port 0 Phone VLAN ID VLAN ID VLAN id VLAN is a feature on the IP phone that allows for multiple logical Ethernet interfaces to send outgoing RTP packets over a single...

Page 146: ...p parameter It is the mapping between the DSCP value and the VLAN priority value for SIP RTP and RTCP packets You enter the tos priority map value as follows DSCP_1 Priority_1 DSCP_2 Priori ty_2 DSCP_64 Priority_64 where the DSCP value range is 0 63 and the priority range is 0 7 Mappings not enclosed in parentheses and separated with a comma or with values outside the ranges are ignored For more i...

Page 147: ...e LAN Port VLAN id as normal but set the PC Port VLAN id port 1 to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 on the LAN Port but the PC Port is configured as untagged tagging enabled 1 VLAN id 3 VLAN id port 1 4095 For more information see Chapter 4 Virtual LAN optional on page 4 54 Note The PC Port parameters are not applicable to the 6730i IP Phone PC Port Priority Priority QoS e...

Page 148: ...gure specific parameters using the IP Phone UI the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files If you have a proxy server or have a SIP registrar present at a different location than the PBX server the SIP parameters may need to be changed 2 The IP phones allow you to define different SIP lines with the same account information i e same user name but with different registrar and proxy IP addresses Th...

Page 149: ...ues are up to 20 alphanumeric characters For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 71 User Name Phone Number Global and Per Line sip user name global sip lineN user name per line User name used in the name field of the SIP URI for the IP phone and for registering the phone at the registrar Valid values are up to 20 alphanumeric characters For more information see Chapter 4 Ba...

Page 150: ...isks when entering For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 71 N A BLA Number Global and Per Line sip bla number global sip lineN bla number per line Phone number that you assign to BLA lines that is shared across all phones global configuration or shared on a per line basis per line configuration For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 71 For more in...

Page 151: ...y port per line SIP proxy server s port number Default is 0 For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 71 N A Backup Proxy Server Global and Per Line sip backup proxy server global sip lineN backup proxy server per line The IP address of the backup SIP proxy server for which the IP phone uses when the primary SIP proxy is unavailable For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SI...

Page 152: ...n see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 71 Registrar Server Registrar Server Global and Per Line sip registrar ip global sip lineN registrar ip per line IP address of the SIP registrar Up to 64 alphanumeric characters Enables or disables the phone to be registered with the Registrar When Register is disabled globally the phone is still active and you can dial using username and IP address of ...

Page 153: ...registrar s typically the backup SIP proxy port number For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 71 N A Registration Period Global and Per Line sip registration period global sip lineN registration period per line The requested registration period in seconds from the registrar For more information see Chapter 4 Basic SIP Settings on page 4 71 N A Conference Server URI Global ...

Page 154: ...ecking the box for this field in the Aastra Web UI Default is disabled For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 86 Explicit MWI Subscription Period sip explicit mwi subscription period The requested duration in seconds before the MWI subscription times out The phone re subscribes to MWI before the subscription period ends For more information see Chapter 4 Advanc...

Page 155: ...cified line with the BroadSoft s server side DND CFWD or ACD features For more information about this parameter see Chapter 6 the section As Feature Event Subscription on page 6 17 AS Feature Event Subscription Period sip as feature event subscription period Specifies the amount of time in seconds between resubscribing If the phone does not resubscribe in the time specified for this parameter it l...

Page 156: ...formation see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 86 Timer 1 and Timer 2 sip T1 timer sip T2 timer These timers are SIP transaction layer timers defined in RFC 3261 Timer 1 is an estimate in milliseconds of the round trip time RTT Timer 2 represents the amount of time in milliseconds a non INVITE server transaction takes to respond to a request For more information see Chapter 4 Adv...

Page 157: ...specify the Trusted Certificates the Root and Intermediate Certificates the Local Certificate and the Private Key are optional For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 86 Local SIP UDP TCP Port sip local port Specifies the local source port UDP TCP from which the phone sends SIP messages Notes 1 It is recommended that you avoid the conflict RTP port range in case...

Page 158: ...vanced SIP Settings optional on page 4 86 Registration Timeout Retry Timer sip registration timeout retry timer Specifies the length of time in seconds that the phone waits until it re attempts to register after a REGISTER message times out If this parameter is set lower than 30 seconds the phone uses a minimum timer of 30 seconds For more information see Chapter 4 Advanced SIP Settings optional o...

Page 159: ...onal on page 4 86 BLA Subscription Period sip bla subscription period Specifies the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits to receive a BLA subscribe message from the server If you specify zero 0 the phone uses the value specified for the BLA expiration in the subscribe message received from the server If no value is specified the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds For more inform...

Page 160: ...st Proxy see Chapter 6 the section Whitelist Proxy on page 6 24 XML SIP Notify sip xml notify event Enables or disables the phone to accept or reject an aastra xml SIP NOTIFY message Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a ser...

Page 161: ...eal time Transport Protocol RTP Settings on page 4 95 N A Basic Codecs G 711 u Law G 711 a Law G 729 sip use basic codecs Enables or disables basic codecs Enabling this parameter allows the IP phone to use the basic Codecs when sending receiving RTP packets Valid values are 0 disabled and 1 enabled Default is 0 disabled For more information see Chapter 4 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Settings o...

Page 162: ...nsport Protocol RTP Settings on page 4 95 N A RTP Encryption Global and Per Line sip srtp mode global sip lineN srtp mode per line This parameter determines if SRTP is enabled on this IP phone as follows If set to 0 then disable SRTP If set to 1 then SRTP calls are preferred If set to 2 then SRTP calls only are generated accepted For more information see Chapter 4 Real time Transport Protocol RTP ...

Page 163: ...Line sip autodial timeout sip lineN autodial timeout Globally or on a per line basis specifies the time in seconds that the phone waits to dial a preconfigured number after the handset is lifted from the IP phone cradle If this parameter is set to 0 hotline the phone immediately dials a preconfigured number when you lift the handset If this parameter is set to a value greater than 0 the phone wait...

Page 164: ...Basic SIP Authentication Settings Basic SIP Network Settings Advanced SIP Settings Missed Call Summary Subscription only RTP Settings DTMF Method and RTP Encryption only Autodial Settings On a per line basis you can also enable disable the Use Global Settings parameter References For more information about configuring the features listed above on a per line basis see Chapter 4 the sections Basic S...

Page 165: ... on an IP phone totaling 180 softkeys Valid for 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT phones The softkey programmable key or expansion module key can be set to use a specific function Available functions depend on the IP phone model Reference For more information about key functions see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 217 IP Phone Model Soft...

Page 166: ...stration Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when a successful registration event occurs Registration Event Specifies the URI for when registration events occur or when there are registration state changes Note This action URI is not called when the same event is repeated for example a timeout occurs again when registration is already in a timeout state Incoming Call Specifies ...

Page 167: ... about configuring the Action URI Disconnected parameter see Action URI Disconnected on page 5 344 XML SIP Notify Events and Action URIs In order for an XML push to bypass the NAT firewall the phone supports a proprietary SIP NOTIFY event aastra xml with or without XML content If XML content is provided in the SIP NOTIFY it is processed directly by the phone as it is done for an XML PUSH Reference...

Page 168: ...dic intervals An Administrator can use the action uri poll to command the phone to perform an XML call at configurable intervals An Administrator can specify the URI to be called and specify the interval between polls Configuration of this feature is dynamic no reboot required Reference For more information about configuring the polling and polling interval of Action URIs see Polling Action URIs o...

Page 169: ...meters in Configuration Files Description Download Protocol Settings Download Protocol Download Protocol download protocol Protocol to use for downloading new versions of software to the IP phone Valid values are TFTP FTP HTTP HTTPS Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or domain name for the download servers your DHCP server must support Option 66 The IP phones also support Optio...

Page 170: ...ation files reside on the TFTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s configuration and firmware files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field Note Enter the path name in the form folderX folderX folderX For example ipphone 6757i configfiles For more information see Chapter 4 Config...

Page 171: ...l on page 4 112 Select TFTP Use Alternate TFTP use alternate tftp Enables or disables the alternate TFTP server Valid values are 0 disabled and 1 enabled For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 112 FTP Server FTP Server ftp server The FTP server s IP address or network host name This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the...

Page 172: ...ol on page 4 112 FTP Username FTP Username ftp username The username to enter for accessing the FTP server This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone Note The IP Phones support usernames containing dots For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 112 FTP Password FTP Password ftp password The password to enter for acce...

Page 173: ...path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s configuration and firmware files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 112 HTTP Port HTTP Port http port...

Page 174: ...ies the path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTPS server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s configuration and firmware files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field For more information see Chapter 4 Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 112 Download Port HTTPS ...

Page 175: ...not overwritten by an auto resync update Auto resync affects the configuration files only However the settings in the Aastra Web UI take precedence over the IP phone UI and the configuration files 3 The resync time is based on the local time of the IP phone 4 If the IP phone is in use not idle at the time of the resync check the reboot occurs when the phone becomes idle 5 The automatic update feat...

Page 176: ...ng a value for this parameter using the configuration files the value can be entered using minute values from 00 to 59 for example the auto resync time can be entered as 02 56 For more information see Chapter 8 the section Using the Auto Resync Feature on page 8 7 N A Maximum Delay auto resync max delay Specifies the maximum time in minutes the phone waits past the scheduled time before starting a...

Page 177: ...e phone to wait 24 hours prior to doing the first checksync For more information see Chapter 8 the section Using the Auto Resync Feature on page 8 7 XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses N A XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses xml application post list The HTTP server that is pushing XML applications to the IP phone For more information see Chapter 5 the section XML Push Requests on pa...

Page 178: ...sing the Firmware Update page in the Aastra Web UI at the location Advanced Settings Firmware Update Using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI to restart the phone The phone automatically looks for firmware updates and configuration files during the boot process Setting an Auto Resync feature to automatically update the firmware configuration files or both at a specific time in a 24 hour period F...

Page 179: ...tocol Specifies the protocol that the RTP port on the IP phone uses to send out SIP signaling packets Default is USP Notes 1 If you set the value of this parameter to 4 TLS the phone checks to see if the sips persistent tls is enabled If it is enabled the phone uses Persistent TLS on the connection If sips persistent tls is disabled then the phone uses TLS on the connection If TLS is used you must...

Page 180: ...he delay time when placing a call Notes 1 Persistent TLS requires the outbound proxy server and outbound proxy port parameters be configured in either the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings There can be only one persistent TLS connection created per phone The phone establishes the TLS connection to the configured outbound proxy 2 If you...

Page 181: ...ust CA root certificate This parameter is required when configuring TLS optional for Persistent TLS Note The certificate files must use the format pem To create custom certificate files to use on your IP phone contact Aastra Technical Support For more information see Chapter 6 the section Transport Layer Security TLS on page 6 26 N A Local Certificate Filename sips local certificate Allows you to ...

Page 182: ... when the phone uses the TLS transport protocol to setup a call The Trusted Certificate files define a list of trusted certificates The phone s trusted list must contain the CA root certificates for all the servers it is connecting to For example if the phone is connecting to server A which has a certificate signed by CA1 and server B which has a certificate signed by CA2 the phone must have CA1 r...

Page 183: ...the 802 1x Protocol Note If configuring 802 1x using the IP Phone UI the certificates and private keys must already be configured and stored on the phone Use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to load certificates and private keys Parameter In IP Phone UI Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameters in Configuration Files Description EAP MD5 802 1x Mode EAP Type eap type Specifies the type of a...

Page 184: ...ity Specifies the identity or username used for authenticating the phone Note The value you enter for this parameter also displays in the Aastra Web UI at the path Advanced Settings 802 1x Support General Identity For more information see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 31 N A Root and Intermediate Certificates Filename 802 1x root and intermediate certificates Specifies the file na...

Page 185: ...te key For more information see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 31 N A Trusted Certificates Filename 802 1x trusted certificates Specifies the file name that contains the trusted certificates For more information see Chapter 6 the section 802 1x Support on page 6 31 Parameter In IP Phone UI Parameter in Aastra Web UI Parameters in Configuration Files Description ...

Page 186: ...h to save log files Filter the logs according to severity that get reported to log files Save the current local configuration file to a specified location Save the current server configuration file to a specified location Show task and stack status including Free Memory and Maximum Memory Block Size Enable disable a WatchDog task View Error Messages Aastra Technical Support can then use the inform...

Page 187: ... Web UI This chapter also includes procedures for configuring the Network and Global SIP features via the configuration files the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI where applicable Note The IP Phone User Interface UI procedures in the remainder of this Guide use the keys on the 9480i 9480i CT 6755i 6757i and or 6757i CT when configuring Administrator Options For information on using the 9143i 6730...

Page 188: ... 4 4 Basic Network Settings page 4 4 Advanced Network Settings page 4 30 Global SIP Settings page 4 70 Basic SIP Settings page 4 71 Advanced SIP Settings optional page 4 86 Real time Transport Protocol RTP Settings page 4 95 RTCP Summary Reports page 4 105 Autodial Settings page 4 107 Configuration Server Protocol page 4 112 Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol page 4 112 ...

Page 189: ...rator password To configure the phone using the Aastra Web UI you must enter an administrator username and password References For configuring the IP phone at the Asterisk IP PBX see Appendix B Configuring the IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX For sample configuration files see Appendix C Sample Configuration Files These sample files include basic parameters required to register the IP phone at the ...

Page 190: ...ic Network Settings DHCP The IP phone is capable of querying a DHCP server allowing a network administrator a centralized and automated method of configuring various network parameters for the phone If DHCP is enabled the IP phone requests the following network information Subnet Mask Gateway i e router Domain Name Server DNS Network Time Protocol Server IP Address TFTP Server or Alternate TFTP Se...

Page 191: ... are supplied to the IP phone by the DHCP server The administrator must configure the phone manually to provide any required network parameters not supplied by the DHCP server Enabling Disabling DHCP Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to enable disable DHCP on the phone using the configuration files Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration...

Page 192: ...isable DHCP on the phone using the IP Phone UI IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select Network Settings 5 Select option DHCP 6 Press Change to set Use DHCP to Yes enable or No disable 7 Press Done to save the changes ...

Page 193: ...ing Disabling DHCP Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to enable disable DHCP using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings 2 Enable the DHCP field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Click to save your settings ...

Page 194: ...name to the phone automatically If your DHCP server does not support Option 66 you must manually enter the IP address or domain name for your applicable configuration server into your IP phone configuration Options 60 and 43 The Aastra phones also support Option 60 and Option 43 as per RFC 2132 Option 60 Vendor Class Identifier provides the DHCP server with a unique identifier for each phone model...

Page 195: ...o use TFTP from the same server Linux Example A System Administrator can enter the following in the Aastra IP Phone configuration file option space AastraIPPhone57i option AastraIPPhone57i cfg server name code 02 text option space AastraIPPhone57iCT option AastraIPPhone57iCT cfg server name code 02 text Subnet 192 168 1 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 class vendor class 57i match if option vendor class id...

Page 196: ...ath option tftp server name http httpsvr example com path HTTPS https server path option tftp server name https 192 168 1 45 option tftp server name https 192 168 1 45 path option tftp server name https httpssvr example com path FTP ftp user password ftpserver option tftp server name ftp 192 168 1 45 option tftp server name ftp ftpsvr example com for anonymous user option tftp server name ftp user...

Page 197: ...a the configuration files the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI Configuring DHCP Option 12 Hostname on the IP Phone Use the following procedures to configure DHCP Option 12 Hostname on the IP Phone Notes 1 The hostname of model MAC address automatically populates the field on initial startup of the phone For example for a 6753i the Hostname field is automatically populated as 53i00085D164435 where...

Page 198: ...Menu 2 Select Network Settings 3 Select Hostname 4 By default the Hostname field is automatically populated with Model MAC address of your phone for example 53i00085D164435 If you want to change the hostname enter a hostname for your phone in the Hostname field then press DONE Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters You can use a fully qualified domain name if required 5 Restart the pho...

Page 199: ...automatically populated with Model MAC address of your phone for example 53i00085D164435 If you want to change the hostname enter a hostname for your phone in the Hostname field Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters You can use a fully qualified domain name if required 3 Click to save your changes Note Changing the Hostname field requires a reboot of your phone 4 Click on Operation Re...

Page 200: ... the address pool for which it allocates an address from and or to select any other configuration option An Administrator can configure the DHCP Option 77 User Class via the configuration files the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI Configuring DHCP Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone Use the following procedures to configure DHCP Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone Notes 1 If the User Class is n...

Page 201: ...ct Administrator Menu On the 6751i Press Services and then select Options Administrator Menu 2 Select Network Settings 3 Select DHCP Settings 4 Select DHCP User Class 5 In the DHCP User Class field enter a DHCP User Class to apply to your phones then press DONE Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters For example admin 6 Restart the phone for the change to take affect ...

Page 202: ...ced Network Settings 2 In the DHCP User Class field enter a DHCP User Class to apply to your phones For example admin Valid values are up to 64 alpha numeric characters 3 Click to save your changes Note Entering a value in the DHCP User Class field requires a reboot of your phone 4 Click on Operation Reset and click RESTART DHCP User Class ...

Page 203: ...files DHCP Download Options Aastra Web UI or Download Options IP Phone UI Setting this parameter results in the phone only using the chosen DHCP option and ignoring the other options For more information about setting DHCP download preference see Configuration Server Download Precedence on page 4 20 Configuring DHCP Download Options on the IP Phones Use the following procedures to configure DHCP O...

Page 204: ...ator password and press Enter 3 Select Network Settings 4 Select DHCP Settings 5 Select Download Options The following list displays Any default no override uses normal precedence order of 43 160 159 66 Option 43 Option 66 Option 159 Option 160 Disabled Ignores all DHCP configuration options 43 66 159 160 6 Choose an option that you want to use to override the DHCP normal precedence order and pres...

Page 205: ...nload Options field select an option to use to override the normal precedence order Valid values are Any default no override uses normal precedence order of 43 160 159 66 Option 43 Option 66 Option 159 Option 160 Disabled Ignores all DHCP configuration options 43 66 159 160 3 Click to save your changes 4 Click on Operation Reset and restart the phone for the changes to take affect DHCP Download Op...

Page 206: ...t configuration To configure the download precedence you use the option value 1 as the value for the dhcp config option override parameter in the configuration files Setting this parameter to 1 causes all DHCP configuration options to be ignored Configuring a Download Precedence Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to configure the DHCP download precedence using the configurat...

Page 207: ...and then select Administrator Menu On the 6751i Press Services and then select Options Administrator Menu 2 Enter you Administrator password and press Enter 3 Select Network Settings 4 Select DHCP Settings 5 Select Download Options Disabled Ignores all DHCP configuration options 43 66 159 160 6 Select the Disabled option and press Enter Note The Disabled download option performs the same function ...

Page 208: ...eb UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 In the DHCP Download Options field select Disabled from the list of options Note In the Aastra Web UI the Disabled download option performs the same function as the 1 in the configuration files ignores DHCP options 3 Click to save your setting 4 Select Operation Reset and click Restart to reboot the phone DHCP Dow...

Page 209: ... server information the phone continues to listen for other DHCP messages If the second DHCP message contains configuration server information and other conditions the phone chooses the second DHCP message over the initial DHCP message IMPORTANT NOTE Users currently using multiple DHCP servers on a single network could be affected by this feature DNS Caching The IP phones have the ability to cache...

Page 210: ...e the phone uses the TFTP protocol as the default server protocol If you want to specify a different protocol to use see Configuration Server Protocol on page 4 112 Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Network Settings on page A 8 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Me...

Page 211: ...The IP phone is manually configured Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings 2 Enter an IP address of the phone in the IP Address field 3 Enter a subnet mask in the Subnet Mask field 4 Enter a gateway address in the Gateway field 5 Enter a Primary DNS in the Primary DNS field and or a secondary DNS in the Secondary DNS field 6 Click to save your setting...

Page 212: ...he connected devices share their speed and duplex capabilities and connect at the highest common denominator HCD Auto negotiation can be used by devices that are capable of different transmission rates such as 10Mbit sec and 100Mbit sec different duplex modes half duplex and full duplex and or different standards at the same speed You can set the LAN and PC Ports on the IP phones to auto negotiate...

Page 213: ...ove data in both directions On the IP phones you can set the full duplex transmission to transmit in 10Mbps or in 100Mbps Configuring the LAN Port and PC Port You can configure the Ethernet port transmission method to use on the IP phones using the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendi...

Page 214: ... Link Note PC Port Link parameters are not applicable to the 6730i IP Phone 9 Select a negotiation method to use on port 1and press Done Valid values are AutoNegotiation FullDuplex 10Mbps FullDuplex 100Mbps HalfDuplex 10Mbps HalfDuplex 100Mbps Default is AutoNegotiation 10 Press Done 3 times to finish configuring the configuration server protocol for the IP phone Note The session prompts you to re...

Page 215: ...eld select a negotiation method to use on port 0 Valid values are Auto Negotiation Full Duplex 10Mbps Full Duplex 100Mbps Half Duplex 10Mbps Half Duplex 100Mbps Default is Auto Negotiation 3 In the PC Port field select a negotiation method to use on port 1 Valid values are Auto Negotiation Full Duplex 10Mbps Full Duplex 100Mbps Half Duplex 10Mbps Half Duplex 100Mbps Default is Auto Negotiation 4 C...

Page 216: ...P using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files Network Address Translation NAT The protocols used by all IP phones do not interoperate completely with Network Address Translation NAT For the IP Phones specific configuration parameters allow the phone to operate while connected to a network device that enforces NAT The following is a sample network using a NAT proxy and relevant IP phone conf...

Page 217: ...egistrars The phone at IP address 10 10 10 30 is configured to register with the proxy at 63 251 195 30 Because this proxy registrar is not a Nortel proxy and has no SBC or ALG functionality the configuration must additionally include the sip nat ip and sip nat port settings that contain the public ip address of the NAT router and the port used for call signaling messages This information is embed...

Page 218: ...he network by translating port numbers within packets between the public and private networks When using NAT and an RTP packet arrives at the public side of the firewall it is expected to have the NAT RTP port within the packet If the packet contains the proper port number the firewall changes the NAT RTP port number in the packet to the RTP port number that the phone recognizes and then forwards ...

Page 219: ...Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select Network Settings 5 Select NAT Settings 6 Select Nortel NAT 7 Press Change to set either Enabled or Disabled 8 Press Done 3 times to finish Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 9 Select Restart ...

Page 220: ...lick on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 Select Yes enable or No disable in the Nortel NAT Traversal Enabled field to enable or disable NAT for a Nortel network 3 Enter a time in seconds in the Nortel NAT timer field Valid values are 0 to 2147483647 Default is 60 4 Click to save your settings ...

Page 221: ...s on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select Network Settings 5 Select Static NAT 6 Select NAT IP 7 Enter a public IP address of your NAT device in dotted decimal format 8 Press Done to save the setting 9 Select NAT SIP Port Default is 51620 10 Enter the public SIP signalling port ...

Page 222: ...d The value must be entered in dotted decimal format For example 0 0 0 0 The NAT IP is the public IP address of your NAT device 3 Enter a NAT port in the NAT SIP Port field Default is 51620 The NAT SIP Port is the public SIP signalling port number of your NAT device 4 Enter a NAT port in the NAT RTP Port field Default is 51720 The NAT RTP Port is the RTP Port number of your NAT device 5 Click to s...

Page 223: ... ports using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI After configuring these parameters you must reboot the phone If NAT is disabled the port number also shows in the VIA and Contact SIP headers If you enable NAT the phone uses the NAT port number and NAT IP address in the Via and Contact SIP headers of SIP messages but still use the configured source port Note By default the IP phones use sy...

Page 224: ... the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure SIP and TLS ports for NAT traversal sip local port sip local tls port Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Local SIP UDP TCP Port Setting on page A 34 Local SIP TLS Port on page A 34 ...

Page 225: ... SIP and TLS source ports using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 The Local SIP UDP TCP Port field has a default value of 5060 Change this value if required to a value greater than 1024 and less than 65535 Note It is recommended that you avoid the conflict RTP port range in case of a UDP transport Local SIP UDP TCP Port Parameter Local ...

Page 226: ...n the Internet When a server and client communicate TLS ensures that no third party may eavesdrop or tamper with any message TLS is the successor to SSL When an HTTPS client opens and closes its TCP socket the SSL software respectively handshakes upon opening and disconnects upon closing from the HTTPS server The main HTTPS client functions are Downloading of configuration files and firmware image...

Page 227: ...Aastra Web UI you can configure the following regarding HTTPS Specify HTTPS security client method to use TSLv1 or SSLv3 Enable or disable HTTP to HTTPS server redirect function HTTPS server blocking of XML HTTP POSTS to the phone Configuring HTTPS Client and Server Settings Use the following procedures to configure the HTTPS client and server for the IP phones Note To enable or disable the IP pho...

Page 228: ...e to select a client method to use for HTTPS Valid values are SSL 3 0 default TLS 1 0 9 Press Done to save the changes Configure HTTPS Server 10 Select HTTPS Server 11 Select HTTP HTTPS 12 Press Change to select Yes or No Default is No Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS 13 Press Done to save the changes 14 Select XML HTTP POSTs 15 Press Change to select Yes or No Default is...

Page 229: ... HTTPS Client Method field Valid values are SSL 3 0 default TSL 1 0 3 Enable HTTP to HTTPS redirect by checking the HTTPS Server Redirect HTTP to HTTPS field check box Disable this field by unchecking the check box Default is disabled 4 Enable the blocking of XML HTTP POSTs by the HTTPS server by checking the HTTPS Server Block XML HTTP POSTs field check box Disable this field by unchecking the ch...

Page 230: ...nd Thawte pre loaded User Provided Certificates The administrator has the option to upload their own certificates onto the phone The phone downloads these certificates in a file of PEM format during boot time after configuration downloads The user provided certificates are saved on the phone between firmware upgrades but are deleted during a factory default The download of the User provided certif...

Page 231: ...P Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI https validate certificates Enables disables validation https validate hostname Enables disables the checking of the certificate commonName against the server name https validate expires Enables disables the checking of the expiration date on the certificate User Interface Certificate Rejection When the phone rejects a certificate it displays Bad Certificate on the ...

Page 232: ...toggle the Enable field to Yes or No Note If you are using HTTPS as a configuration method and use a self signed certificate you must set this field to No before upgrading to Release 2 3 of the IP Phones 6 Press DONE to save the change and return to the Certificates screen Note This change is immediately applied after pressing DONE Enable Disable HTTPS Validate Certificate Expiration 7 Select Chec...

Page 233: ...ange is immediately applied after pressing DONE Enable Disable HTTPS Validate Hostname 10 Select Check Hostnames 11 Press Change to toggle the Check Hostnames field to Yes or No 12 Press DONE to save the change and return to the Certificates screen Note This change is immediately applied after pressing DONE 13 Press to exit the Options Menu and return to the idle screen Aastra IP Phone UI Step Act...

Page 234: ... to Release 2 3 of the IP Phones 3 The Check Certificate Expiration field is enabled by default To disable validation of certificate expiration click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark When this parameter is enabled the HTTPS client verifies whether or not a certificate has expired prior to accepting the certificate Notes 1 This parameter is immediately applied after clicking the SA...

Page 235: ...r a PEM file located on the configuration server This file contains the User provided certificates in PEM format These certificates are used to validate peer certificates Notes 1 You must disable the Validate Certificates field in order for the phone to accept the User provided certificates 2 This parameter requires you restart the phone in order for it to take affect 6 Click to save your changes ...

Page 236: ...hone back to local mode the UPnP manager removes any open port mappings and shuts itself down If you boot the phone in remote mode the UPnP manager initializes after the phone obtains an IP address and before a SIP registration is sent out If you want to manually configure your NAT you must disable UPnP on the remote mode phone You can enable UPnP on remote IP phones using the configuration files ...

Page 237: ...on UPnP Mapping Lines for remote phones on page 5 91 Configuring UPnP optional Use the following procedures to configure UPnP on the IP phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section UPnP Settings on page A 41 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administ...

Page 238: ...trator Guide 8 Press Done 3 times to save the changes Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 9 Select Restart Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 239: ...nd Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features 2 The UPnP field is disabled by default To enable UPnP place a check in the Enabled box Uncheck the box to disable this field This field enables and disable UPnP on the IP phone 3 Click to save your settings Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 240: ...llowing sections describe the VLAN features you can configure on the IP phones Type of Service ToS Quality of Service QoS and DiffServ QoS ToS is an octet as a field in the standard IP header It is used to classify the traffic of the different QoSs QoS provides service differentiation between IP packets in the network This service differentiation is noticeable during periods of network congestion ...

Page 241: ...Notes 1 In order for the software to successfully maintain connectivity with a network using VLAN functionality the IP phone reboots if you modify the tagging enabled VLAN Enable in the Web UI vlan id or vlan id port 1 parameters 2 When the LAN Port vlan id and the PC Port vlan id port 1 parameters have the same value VLAN functionality is compatible with earlier IP phone software releases If you ...

Page 242: ...all packets An administrator can also configure VLAN priority for non IP packets using the priority non ip parameter Since the default DSCP settings for SIP RTP and RTCP are 26 46 and 46 respectively this results in corresponding default VLAN priorities of 3 for SIP 4 for RTP and 4 for RTCP based on the settings in the table DSCP Range VLAN Priority on page 4 56 You can change the default paramete...

Page 243: ...e ToS DSCP is enabled by default The SIP RTP and RTCP parameters show defaults of 26 46 and 46 respectively Use the following procedures to change these settings if required Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Type of Service ToS DSCP Settings on page A 51 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options Lis...

Page 244: ...e of Service RTCP Default is 46 Valid values are 0 to 63 Note If you change the ToS DSCP setting for a Protocol and VLAN is enabled you will need to map the applicable priority to the Protocol setting as shown in the table DSCP Range VLAN Priority on page 4 56 For more information see the section Configuring VLAN optional on page 4 60 8 Press Done 3 times to save the changes Note The session promp...

Page 245: ...ocol field SIP or RTP or RTCP 3 Enter a value from 0 to 63 Default values are as follows SIP 26 RTP 46 RTCP 46 Note If you change the ToS DSCP setting for a Protocol and VLAN is enabled you will need to map the applicable priority to the Protocol setting as shown in the table DSCP Range VLAN Priority on page 4 60 For more information see the section Configuring VLAN optional on page 4 60 4 Click t...

Page 246: ...he configuration files see Appendix A the section Virtual Local Area Network VLAN Settings on page A 42 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select Network Settings 5 Select VLAN Settings To globally enable disable VLAN and set priority for non IP pac...

Page 247: ...ult is 1 15 Press Done to save the change 16 Select VLAN Priority 17 Select one of the following VLAN Protocols SIP Priority RTP Priority RTCP Priority 18 Enter a VLAN priority value from 0 to 7 for the associated Protocol Default values for each Protocol are SIP Priority 3 RTP Priority 5 RTCP Priority 5 19 Press Done 3 times to return to the VLAN Settings menu To set VLAN ID and priority for PC P...

Page 248: ...gging on the phone port as normal but set the passthrough port PC Port to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 but the passthrough port is configured as untagged VLAN Settings VLAN Enable Yes VLAN Settings Phone VLAN Phone VLAN ID 3 VLAN Settings PC Port VLAN PC Port VLAN ID 4095 23 Press Done to save the change 24 Select PC Port Priority 25 Select a PC Port VLAN priority valu...

Page 249: ...ld check box Disable this field by unchecking the check box 3 With VLAN enabled select the priority 0 to 7 for non IP packets in the Priority Non IP Packet field To set VLAN ID and priority for the LAN Port Port 0 4 Enter a VLAN ID value from 1 to 4094 in the VLAN ID field Default is 1 5 Choose a VLAN Protocol SIP Priority RTP Priority and or RTCP Priority and select a priority for the associated ...

Page 250: ...C Port The following is an example of configuring the phone on a VLAN where all untagged packets are sent to the passthrough port Example You enable tagging as normal enter a value for the LAN Port VLAN ID and then set the PC Port VLAN ID to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN 3 but the PC Port VLAN ID is configured as untagged 7 Select a VLAN priority value from 0 to 7 for the...

Page 251: ... response back to the source IP address and the port from which the request came When you enable Rport the phone always uses symmetric signaling listens on the port used for sending requests An Administrator can configure Rport using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Rport Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedures to configure Rport on your phone Note Config...

Page 252: ...I Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 In the Advanced Network Settings section enable the Rport RFC3581 field by checking the check box Disable Rport by unchecking the box Rport in RFC 3581 allows a client to request that the server send the response back to the source IP address and the port from which the request came 3 Click to save your changes Rport ...

Page 253: ...igure the NTP servers using the configuration files Use the following procedure to enable disable the NTP server using the IP Phone UI Note The IP phones support NTP version 1 Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Time Server Settings on page A 59 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select ...

Page 254: ...e Aastra Web UI 8 Enter the IP Address in dotted decimal or qualified domain name for the Time Server 9 Press Done to save the change Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings 2 Enable the NTP Time Servers field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 255: ... Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features 3 Enter an IP address or qualified domain name in the Time Server 1 Time Server 2 and or Time Server 3 field s to specify the location of the NTP time server 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 256: ...u configure and modify these parameters and associated values using the configuration files the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI The Aastra Web UI and configuration file methods configure global and per line SIP settings on the IP phone The IP phone UI configures global SIP settings only On the IP Phones you can configure Basic and Advanced SIP Settings The Basic SIP Settings include authenticatio...

Page 257: ...bal and per line authentication and network parameters on the IP phones SIP Global Parameters IP Phone UI Parameters Aastra Web UI Parameters Configuration File Parameters SIP Global Authentication Parameters Screen Name N A User Name Display Name Auth Name Password N A N A Screen Name Screen Name 2 Phone Number Caller ID Authentication Name Password BLA Number Line Mode sip screen name sip screen...

Page 258: ...N display name sip lineN auth name sip lineN password sip lineN bla number sip lineN mode sip lineN vmail SIP Per Line Network Parameters Proxy Server Proxy Port N A N A N A N A Registrar Server Registrar Port N A N A N A N A Proxy Server Proxy Port Backup Proxy Server Backup Proxy Port Outbound Proxy Server Outbound Proxy Port Registrar Server Registrar Port Backup Registrar Server Backup Registr...

Page 259: ... of the SIP configuration parameters The following SIP configuration is assumed SIP network block sip proxy ip 10 30 11 154 sip proxy port 5060 sip registrar ip 10 44 122 37 sip registrar port 4020 sip line3 proxy ip siparator vonage com sip line3 proxy port 0 Line3 specifies per line values for proxy IP address and proxy port so the phone uses those parameter values for SIP calls made on that lin...

Page 260: ...ntioned subscriptions behave the same as registrations where the primary proxy is tried before the backup You can configure the backup SIP proxy on a global or per line basis via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI SIP Outbound Support The IP Phones support draft ietf sip outbound 15 That specification describes how a SIP User Agent UA behind a firewall reuses an existing connection usual...

Page 261: ...up when the IP address of the server is FQDN and the corresponding port is 0 For example if the phone is configured with sip proxy ip of ana aastra com and sip proxy port of 0 the SRV lookup may return multiple servers based on the priorities if one is selected as primary and others are selected as secondary However if the IP address is an FQDN and the corresponding server port is non zero then th...

Page 262: ...strar servers or outbound proxy servers if required and apply the changes without having to reboot the end user s phone This feature facilitates load balancing on a network When this feature is enabled an Administrator can update the following parameters on a phone and the information is dynamically applied to the phone when the phone becomes inactive When new account information is applied to the...

Page 263: ...e account information via the Aastra Web UI the IP Phone UI or via an XML Push the phone checks if dynamic SIP is enabled If dynamic SIP is enabled the dynamic SIP feature proceeds as described in the previous paragraph If it is disabled the user is prompted to reboot the phone upon the user saving an LCD page or leaving a menu An Administrator can enable or disable the Dynamic SIP feature using t...

Page 264: ...iles the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Note To configure the SIP settings per line use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section SIP Basic Global Settings on page A 78 or SIP Basic Per Line Settings on page A 87 Note You can set global configuration only using the IP Phone UI ...

Page 265: ...trar IP Port 10 Enter an IP address or fully qualified host name in the Registrar Server field Default is 0 0 0 0 A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service messag...

Page 266: ...d of the From SIP header field 19 Press Done to save the changes 20 Select Screen Name and enter the name to display on the idle screen 21 Press Done to save the changes 22 Select Authentication Name to enter the authorization name used in the username field of the Authorization header field of the SIP REGISTER request 23 Press Done to save the changes 24 Select Password to enter the password used...

Page 267: ...ings 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 4 81 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 For global configuration click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings ...

Page 268: ...se 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Or for per line configuration click on Advanced Settings Line N 1 9 To configure SIP authentication settings 2 In the Screen Name field enter the screen name that displays on the idle screen Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 269: ...d enter the phone number of the IP phone 5 In the Caller ID field enter the phone number of the IP phone 6 In the Authentication Name field enter the name used in the username field of the Authorization header of the SIP REGISTER request 7 In the Password field enter the password used to register the IP phone with the SIP proxy Note The IP phones accept numeric passwords only 8 In the BLA Number f...

Page 270: ...y Port field enter the port on the IP phone that allows SIP messages to be sent to the outbound proxy server 16 In the Registrar Server field enter an IP address or fully qualified host name for the SIP registrar server A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 ...

Page 271: ...ing Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features 21 To enter a value in the Conference Server URI field see Chapter 5 the section Centralized Conferencing for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers on page 5 366 22 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 272: ...on per line see Chapter 6 sip missed call summary subscription period see Chapter 6 AS Feature Event Subscription global AS Feature Event Subscription per line see Chapter 6 AS Feature Event Subscription Period see Chapter 6 sip as feature event subscription global sip lineN as feature event subscription per line see Chapter 6 sip as feature event subscription period see Chapter 6 Send MAC Address...

Page 273: ...5 ACD Subscription Period see Chapter 5 sip acd subscription period see Chapter 5 BLA Subscription Period see Chapter 5 sip acd subscription period see Chapter 5 Blacklist Duration see Chapter 6 sip blacklist duration see Chapter 6 Whitelist Proxy see Chapter 6 sip whitelist see Chapter 6 XML SIP Notify see Chapter 6 XML SIP Notify see Chapter 6 Aastra Web UI Parameters Configuration File Paramete...

Page 274: ...rameters For more information about Blacklist Duration and Whitelist Proxy see Chapter 6 Configuring Advanced Operational Features Configuring Advanced SIP Settings Use the following procedures to configure the advanced SIP settings on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Advanced SIP Settings on page A 104 ...

Page 275: ...2 5 4 89 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Aastra Web UI Step Action For Global configuration click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 1 Or for per line configuration click on Advanced Settings Line N ...

Page 276: ...to occur 3 The MWI re subscription for the BLA account uses the value set for the sip explicit mwi subscription period parameter to re subscribe 4 Whether or not the sip mwi for bla account parameter is enabled the priority for displaying MWI does not change 5 Enable the Missed Call Summary Subscription field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the check box Default is disab...

Page 277: ...e these fields by unchecking the check boxes Default is disabled for both fields For more information about these message features see Chapter 6 the section MAC Address Line Number in REGISTER Messages on page 6 5 Note The AS Feature Event Subscription Period feature is configurable on a global basis only 10 In the Session Timer field enter the time in seconds that the IP phone uses to send period...

Page 278: ...n the Registration Failed Retry Timer field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits between registration attempts when a registration is rejected by the registrar Valid values are 30 to 1800 Default is 1800 17 In the Registration Timeout Retry Timer field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits until it re attempts to register after a REGISTER message times out Va...

Page 279: ...ecified the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds For information about setting the BLA Subscription Period see Chapter 5 the section BLA Subscription Period on page 5 199 22 For Broadsoft Servers The Blacklist Duration field is enabled by default with a value of 300 seconds 5 minutes Valid values are 0 to 9999999 This feature sets the time period in seconds that the IP phone resubscribes th...

Page 280: ... xml SIP NOTIFY message Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist i e untrusted server the phone rejects the message For information about setting this feature see Chapter 5 the section XML SI...

Page 281: ...am Protocol UDP as the transport layer encapsulation protocol You can set the following parameters for RTP on the IP Phones Note If RFC2833 relay of DTMF tones is configured it is sent on the same port as the RTP voice packets The phones support decoding and playing out DTMF tones sent in SIP INFO requests The following DTMF tones are supported Support signals 0 9 Support durations up to 5 seconds...

Page 282: ...tional calls would then use ports 5002 5003 etc You can configure the RTP port on a global basis only using the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Basic Codecs G 711 u Law G 711 a Law G 729 CODEC is an acronym for COmpress DECompress It consists of a set of instructions that together implement one or more algorithms In the case of IP telephony these algorithms are used to com...

Page 283: ...u must enter the payload value payload the packetization time in milliseconds ptime and enable or disable silence suppression silsupp Payload is the codec type to be used This represents the data format carried within the RTP packets to the end user at the destination You can enter payload values for G 711 a law G 711 u law and G 729a Ptime packetization time is a measurement of the duration of PC...

Page 284: ...alid values for creating a Codec preference list are as follows Customized Codec Settings You can specify a customized Codec preference list on a global basis using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Out of Band DTMF The IP phones support out of band Dual Tone Multifrequency DTMF mode according to RFC2833 In the Aastra Web UI you can enable or disable this feature as required The out of ...

Page 285: ...network As administrator you specify the global SRTP setting for all lines on the IP phone You can choose among three levels of SRTP encryption as follows SRTP Disabled default IP phone generates and receives nonsecured RTP calls If the IP phone gets called from SRTP enabled phone it ignores SRTP tries to answer the call using RTP If the receiving phone has SRTP only enabled the call fails however...

Page 286: ...e Suppression In IP telephony silence on a line lack of voice uses up bandwidth when sending voice over a packet switched system Silence suppression is encoding that starts and stops the times of silence in order to eliminate that wasted bandwidth Silence suppression is enabled by default on the IP phones The phone negotiates whether or not to use silence suppression Disabling this feature forces ...

Page 287: ...ration files see Appendix A the section RTP Codec DTMF Global Settings on page A 134 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu 3 Enter your Administrator password Note The IP Phones accept numeric passwords only 4 Select SIP Settings 5 Select RTP Port Base to change the RTP port base setting Default is 3000 6 Press Done 2 times to save the c...

Page 288: ...102 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Global Settings Click on Advanced Settings Line N RTP Settings Per Line Settings ...

Page 289: ...p to 5 seconds 3 Enable the Basic Codecs G 711 u Law G 711 a Law G 729 field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled Enabling this parameter allows the IP phone to use the basic Codecs when sending receiving RTP packets 4 The Force RFC2833 Out of Band DTMF field is enabled by default Disable this field by unchecking the box Enabling this parameter for...

Page 290: ...n to use from the RTP Encryption list box Valid values are SRTP Disabled SRTP Preferred or SRTP Only Default is SRTP Disabled Note You can configure RTP Encryption on a global or per line basis 8 The Silence Suppression field is enabled by default Disable this field by unchecking the check box When enabled the phone negotiates whether or not to use silence suppression Disabling this feature forces...

Page 291: ...e to the configuration server In addition to enabling disabling the generation of these reports you must specify the hostname and port of the entity known as the collector receiving the reports Similar to the other IP Phone SIP account parameters the RTCP summary report parameters can be set on a global or a per line basis using the configuration files only The RTCP summary report parameters are s...

Page 292: ...hone Administrator Guide Configuring RTCP Summary Reports Use the following procedure to configure RTCP summary reports Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section RTCP Summary Reports on page A 47 ...

Page 293: ...he time allotted then the IP phone begins to dial the number By default the Autodial feature functions as a hotline If you want Autodial to function as a warmline you can use the Autodial time out parameter to specify the length of time in seconds the IP phone waits before dialing a preconfigured number As administrator you configure Autodial globally or on a per line basis for an IP phone The lin...

Page 294: ...following parameters to configure Autodial using the configuration files Global Configuration sip autodial number sip autodial timeout Per Line Configuration sip lineN autodial number sip lineN autodial timeout Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Autodial Settings on page A 139 ...

Page 295: ...lick on Advanced Settings Global SIP Autodial Settings 2 In the Autodial Number field specify the SIP number that the IP phone dials whenever the IP phone is off hook An empty blank value disables autodial on the phone For example 8500 3 In the Autodial Timeout field specify a value in seconds for the timer as follows If you want the IP phone to autodial the number immediately hotline whenever the...

Page 296: ...save your changes To specify a different autodial configuration for this specific line disable the Use Global Settings parameter Then proceed to step 3 3 In the Autodial Number field specify the SIP number for this line that the IP phone dials whenever the IP phone is off hook as follows If set to 1 then the global autodial settings for this IP phone to this line If set to empty blank then disable...

Page 297: ... for the timer for this line as follows If you want the IP phone to autodial the number immediately hotline whenever the IP phone is off hook accept the default value of 0 If you want to specify a length of time for the IP phone to wait before dialing the number enter the length of time in seconds For example 30 Valid values are 0 to 120 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 298: ... are authenticated by the FTP server The TFTP setting is the default download protocol You can configure the type of protocol that the IP phones use by setting it in the configuration files the IP phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the Configuration Server Protocol Use the following procedure to configure the configuration server protocol Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP addre...

Page 299: ...onfiguration Server 5 Select Download Protocol 6 Select from the following Use TFTP Use FTP Use HTTP Use HTTPS Default is Use TFTP The IP phone uses the protocol you select to download new firmware and configuration files from the configuration server 7 Press Done 8 and 11 Line LCD phones or Set 3 Line LCD phones to save the changes 8 From the Configuration Server menu select from the following Th...

Page 300: ...fied domain name of the alternate TFTP server Press Done or Set to save the change Select Alt TFTP Path Enter the path name for which the configuration files reside on the Alternate TFTP server for downloading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the relative path to that sub directory should be entered in this field Enter the p...

Page 301: ...he phone over HTTP Default is 80 Press Done or Set HTTPS Settings Select HTTP Client Select Download Server Enter the IP address of the HTTPS server Press Done or Set Select Download Path Enter the path name for which the configuration files reside on the HTTPS server for down loading to the IP Phone If the IP phone s files are located in a sub directory beneath the server s root directory the rel...

Page 302: ...HTTPS For 3 Line LCD Displays Press Change to select Do not redirect or Redirect Default is Do not redirect Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS Press Set For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays Press Change to select Yes and redirect HTTP to HTTPS Select No to not direct HTTPS to HTTPS Default is No Enabling this feature redirects the HTTP protocol to HTTPS Press Done Select XML HTTP...

Page 303: ...figuration Server Protocol 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 4 117 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol SIP Features Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Configuration Server ...

Page 304: ...phone 6757i configfiles Optional You can also configure an alternate TFTP server if required If Use Alternate TFTP is enabled you must also enter an IP address or qualified domain name for the alternate server in the Alternate TFTP field You can also enter a path name for the alter nate TFTP server in the Alternate TFTP Path field FTP Enter an IP address or fully qualified domain name in the FTP S...

Page 305: ... the path name in the form folderX folderX folderX For example ipphone 6757i configfiles Enter the HTTP port number in the HTTP Port field that the server uses to load the con figuration to the phone over HTTP Optional You can enter a list of users to be authenticated when they access the HTTP server in the XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses field HTTPS Enter an IP address or fully qualifi...

Page 306: ......

Page 307: ...configuring your phone to use these features Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Operational Features page 5 5 User Passwords page 5 5 Administrator Passwords page 5 9 Locking Unlocking the Phone page 5 10 Defining an Emergency Dial Plan page 5 16 Time and Date page 5 19 Time Zone DST page 5 20 Time Servers page 5 27 Backlight Mode 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT only page 5 30 Liv...

Page 308: ...remote phones page 5 91 Message Waiting Indicator Line page 5 93 DND Key Mode page 5 95 Call Forward Mode page 5 97 Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices LLDP MED and Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN page 5 101 Incoming Outgoing Intercom with Auto Answer and Barge In page 5 106 Group Paging RTP Settings page 5 111 Key Mapping page 5 117 Ring Tones and Tone Sets page...

Page 309: ... 230 Shared Call Appearance SCA Call Bridging page 5 233 Park Pick Up Key not applicable to the 6751i page 5 237 Last Call Return lcr Sylantro Servers page 5 248 Call Forwarding page 5 252 SIP Phone Diversion Display page 5 291 Displaying Call Destination for Incoming Calls page 5 293 Callers List page 5 296 Customizable Callers List and Services Keys page 5 302 Missed Calls Indicator page 5 303 D...

Page 310: ...age 5 362 XML Override for a Locked Phone page 5 363 Audio Transmit and Receive Gain Adjustments page 5 364 Centralized Conferencing for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers page 5 366 SIP Join Feature for 3 Way Conference not applicable to the 6751i page 5 370 Conference Ends and Transfers Remaining Parties page 5 371 Transferring Two Existing Calls page 5 372 Authentication Support for HTTP HTTPS Down...

Page 311: ...P phone UI or the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedures to change the user password Configuring a User Password Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Password Settings o...

Page 312: ...ser password 8 Press Enter A message Password Changed displays on the screen Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation User Password 2 In the Current Password field enter the current user password 3 In the New Password field enter the new user password Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead ...

Page 313: ...er or an administrator can reset it so a new password can be entered The reset user password feature resets the password to the factory default which is blank no password You can reset a user password using the Aastra Web UI only at the path Operation Phone Lock Use the following procedure to reset a user password Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Phone Lock ...

Page 314: ...field leave this blank 4 In the New Password field enter a new password for the user Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead 5 In the Password Confirm field re enter the new user password 6 Click to save the new user password and perform the next procedure Aastra Web UI ...

Page 315: ...key not password protected or 1 true Options key password protected If this parameter is set to 1 a user has to enter a password at the IP phone UI If the password is entered correctly the user is allowed to gain access to the Options Menu and no more password prompts display for other password protected screens If the user fails to enter the correct password in three attempts access to the Option...

Page 316: ...any of the following methods to lock unlock a phone Using the IP Phone UI via the Phone Lock option in the Options Menu Using the Aastra Web UI via the path Operation Phone Lock Using the configuration files to configure a key as phonelock and then pressing the key to lock unlock the phone Using the Aastra Web UI to configure a key as Phone Lock and then pressing the key to lock unlock the phone N...

Page 317: ...phone and prevent it from being used or configured IP Phone UI Step Action Lock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Phone Lock The prompt Lock the phone displays 3 Press Lock to lock the phone Unlock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List The prompt To unlock the phone Password 2 Enter the user or administrator password and press Enter The phone unlo...

Page 318: ... IP phone and prevent it from being used or configured Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Phone Lock Lock the phone 2 In the Lock the Phone field click The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is locked Unlock the phone 3 Click on Operation Phone Lock 4 In the Unlock the Phone field click The phone unlocks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is unlocked...

Page 319: ...ration files you assign the function of the key as phonelock Use the following procedure to configure a key as a lock unlock key using the configuration files Reference To use the lock unlock softkey or programmable key see Using the Configured Lock Unlock Key on the IP Phone on page 5 15 Configuration Files To configure a softkey programmable key as a lock unlock key using the configuration files...

Page 320: ... In the Aastra Web UI you assign the function of the as Phone Lock Use the following procedure to configure a key as a lock unlock key using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Note Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an...

Page 321: ...ick to save your changes IP Phone UI Step Action Lock the phone 1 Press the LOCK softkey The phone locks The LED for the softkey AND the Message Waiting Lamp illuminate steady ON An Unlock label appears next to the softkey you just pressed Unlock the phone 1 Press the UNLOCK softkey A password prompt displays 2 Enter the user or administrator password and press ENTER The phone unlocks The LED for ...

Page 322: ... digits to dial on the IP phone for contacting emergency services Once you specify the emergency number s on the phone you can dial those numbers directly on the dial pad when required and the phone automatically dials to those emergency services The following table describes the default emergency numbers on the IP phones Note Contact your local phone service provider for available emergency numbe...

Page 323: ...n goes off hook and the phone is not locked it checks to see if the number matches the emergency dial plan If it doesn t match it blocks the call from going through If the phone is locked and the number matches the emergency dial plan it allows the call to go through Adding a pre pend to a dial plan also works with both dialing digit by digit and dialing by string Limitation The following is a lim...

Page 324: ...ne Lock 2 In the Emergency Dial Plan field enter the number used in your local area to contact emergency services For multiple numbers enter a between each emergency number For example 911 110 Default for this field is x xx You can enter up to 512 characters in this field 3 Click to save the emergency dial plan to your phone ...

Page 325: ...affective starting in 2007 The US has made a change to its daylight savings time observance starting in 2007 The Energy Policy Act of 2005 mandates that DST will now begin at 2 00 A M on the second Sunday in March and revert to Standard time on the first Sunday in November The changes to daylight savings time applies to the U S and Canada but may impact other countries outside North America Featur...

Page 326: ... additional configuration parameters The following is an example using relative time for EST time zone name Custom The following table identifies the additional parameters you can enter in the configuration files if you want to customize your time zone Custom Configuration File Parameter Description Example time zone minutes The number of minutes the time zone is offset from UTC Coordinated Univer...

Page 327: ...T starts Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 dst start hour 5 dst end hour The hour that DST ends Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 dst end hour 23 Relative Time dst start month The month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December dst start month 4 dst end month The month that DST ends Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December dst end month 5 dst ...

Page 328: ...the month dst end week 1 dst start day The day of the specified week in the specified month that DST starts on Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7 1 Sunday 2 Monday 7 Saturday dst start day 2 dst end day The day of the specified week in the specified month that DST ends on Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7 1 Sunday 2 Monday 7 Saturday dst end day 7 dst start hour The hour that DST starts...

Page 329: ... 0 absolute start of DST dst start month 3 March dst start week 2 second full week dst start day 1 Sunday End of DST dst end month 11 November dst end week 1 first full week dst end day 1 Sunday Configuring Time and Date Using the Configuration Files Use the following information to set a time and date time and date format time zone and daylight savings time using the configuration files Configura...

Page 330: ... Time and Time Format 2 Select Time and Date 3 Select Set Time 4 Using the keys on the keypad enter a time to set on the IP phone 5 Press Done to save the time you entered 6 Select Time Format Valid values are 12hr and 24hr Note The default Time Format is 12hr 7 Press Change to toggle between 24hr and 12hr format 8 Press Done to save the Time Format you selected Set Date and Date Format 9 Select S...

Page 331: ...Time Zone 16 For 3 Line LCD Displays Press to display a list of Time Zone options 17 Select a Time Zone from the list of options For valid values see Appendix A the section Time and Date Settings on page A 52 Note The default Time Zone is US Eastern 18 Press Done to save the Time Zone you selected Set Daylight Savings Time 19 Select Daylight Savings 20 Select a Daylight Savings time from the list ...

Page 332: ...ormat field select the time format you want to use on your phone Valid values are 12h 12 hour format default 24h 24 hour format Note The time displays on the phone s idle screen in the format you select for this field 3 In the Date Format field select the date format you want to use on your phone Valid values are WWW MMM DD default DD MMM YY YYYY MM DD DD MM YYYY DD MM YY DD MM YY MM DD YY MMM DD ...

Page 333: ... Time Server and specify a Time Server 1 Timer Server 2 and or Time Server 3 A User can enable disable the Time Server using the IP Phone UI or Aastra Web UI only The Time Server is enabled by default Setting Time Server Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to enable disable the Time Server and optionally set the IP Address of Time Servers 1 2 and or 3 Setting Time Server Usin...

Page 334: ...Enter the IP address of the Time Server in dotted decimal format Use the available softkeys to help you enter the information 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Time and Date Setting To enable disable Time Server 2 The NTP Time Server field is enabled by default If you need to disable the Time Server uncheck the box The Time Server 1 2 and 3 fields are...

Page 335: ... Server field must be enabled to enter values in the Time Server 1 2 and 3 fields In the Time Server 1 Time Server 2 and or Time Server 3 field s enter the IP address of the Time Server 1 2 and or 3 in your network in dotted decimal format Default for this field is 0 0 0 0 For example 132 234 5 4 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 336: ...so configurable You can set this backlight feature using the configuration files and the IP Phone UI Configuring the Backlight Mode Using the Configuration Files Use the following information to set the backlight mode and backlight timer on the IP Phones Configuring the Backlight Mode Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to set the backlight mode and backlight timer on the IP Phone us...

Page 337: ...ow keys to select the Backlight status for your phone Default is Auto Valid options are Off Auto Default Note Setting the Backlight to Auto displays an ADVANCED button for you to set the Auto timer 6 If you select Off press Done to save your setting IP Phone UI Step Action Select 1 Contrast Level 2 Backlight Display Done Off Auto Backlight Done Cancel ...

Page 338: ...lit when the phone is idle Valid values are 1 to 7200 seconds Default is 600 seconds equals 10 minutes When this period of time is reached the phone turns OFF the backlight Use the Backspace and or Clear softkeys to delete entries if required 9 Press Done to save your setting The setting applies immediately to the phone IP Phone UI Step Action Off Auto Backlight Done Cancel Advanced 10 seconds Bac...

Page 339: ...dsets require an optional cable in order to be electrically DHSG compliant Aastra is not responsible for any damage to the IP phone or headset that may result from the use of non verified headsets or from incorrectly connecting headsets or cables Reference For more information about installing a DHSG headset on your phone see the IP Phone specific Installation Guide Configuring DHSG on the Phone Y...

Page 340: ...onfigure DHSG using the IP Phone UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section DHSG Settings 6753i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT on page A 72 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Preferences 3 Select Set Audio 4 Select DHSG and toggle the DHSG support ON or OFF 5 If you select Off press Done to sav...

Page 341: ...rator can turn it ON and OFF using the IP Phone UI or the configuration files Enabling Disabling Live Dialpad Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to enable disable Live Dialpad on the IP Phones Enabling Disabling Live Dialpad Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to enable disable Live Dialpad on the IP Phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can se...

Page 342: ...iguration server to the local MAC cfg configuration file You can use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to perform the download Each language pack consists of the IP Phone UI and Aastra Web UI translated in a specific language Loading Language Packs via the Configuration File mac cfg Using the configuration files you specify a language pack to load in the following format lang_ ISO 639 _...

Page 343: ..._ca txt language 2 lang_it txt language 3 lang_de txt language 4 lang_es_mx txt The above entries in the MAC cfg file tells the phone which language packs to load When the language pack s have loaded you must then use the configuration files IP Phone UI to specify which language to display on the IP phone You must use the Aastra Web UI to specify the language to use in the Web UI References For mo...

Page 344: ...b UI you can specify a language pack to load using the parameters at Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings You use the following fields in the Aastra Web UI to specify which language packs to load Once the language pack is loaded to the phone it is available for selection from either the configuration files the IP Phone UI or the Aastra Web UI ...

Page 345: ...e Aastra Web UI to specify the files for the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedures to specify the language to use on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Language Settings on page A 186 and Language Pack Settings on page A 188 Notes 1 If you specify the language to use on the phone via the configuration file...

Page 346: ...lid values for the 6757i CT cordless handset are English French and Spanish only 2 All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone English is the default language and cannot be changed or removed For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language Packs on page 5 36 4 Press Done to save...

Page 347: ...astra Web UI in French Spanish German Italian or Russian lang_de txt lang_es txt lang_es_mx txt lang_fr txt lang_fr_ca txt lang_it txt lang_ru txt Note You must have the language pack s already loaded to your phone in order to use them For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language Packs on page 5 36 For more information about language codes and country codes see Appendix A...

Page 348: ... German Italiano Italian Русский Russian Notes 1 Valid values for the 6757i CT cordless handset are English French and Spanish only 2 All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone English is the default language and cannot be changed or removed 7 Click to save your changes The Aastra Web UI displays all...

Page 349: ...istrator and User can enable this feature using the Aastra Web UI or the IP Phone UI An Administrator can also use the configuration files to enable this feature Users can then use text and characters in a specific language when performing inputs on the phone The following tables identify the language characters that a User can enter on the 5i Series phones that support the Input Language feature ...

Page 350: ... _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÀÂÇÁÅÆ abc2àâçáåæ 3 DEF3ÉÈÊË def3éèêë 4 GHI4ÎÏ ghi4îï 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒÔÖ mno6ñóòôö 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÙÛÜ tuv8úùûü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÁÀÇ abc2áàç 3 DEF3ÉÈ def3éè 4 GHI4ÏÍ ghi4ïí 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒ mno6ñóò 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE ...

Page 351: ...Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÄÀ abc2äà 3 DEF3É def3é 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6Ö mno6ö 7 PQRS7ß pqrs7ß 8 TUV8Ü tuv8ü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 ABC2ÀCÇ abc2àcç 3 DEF3ÉÈË def3éèë 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÓÒ mno6óò 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8Ù tuv8ù 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE ...

Page 352: ...C2ÁÀÂÃÇ abc2áàâãç 3 DEF3ÉÊ def3éê 4 GHI4Í ghi4í 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÓÔÕ mno6óôõ 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 SPACE SPACE Key Uppercase Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1 _ 1 _ 2 АБВГ2ABC aбвг2abc 3 ДЕЁЖЭ3DEF Дeëжз3def 4 ИЙКЛ4GHI ийкл4ghi 5 МНОП5JKL мноп5jkl 6 РСТУ6MNO рсту6mno 7 ФХЦЧ7PQRS фхЧч7pqrs 8 ШЩЪЫ8TUV шщъы8tuv 9 ЬЗЮЯ9WXYZ ьзюя9wxyz SPACE SPACE ...

Page 353: ...ne UI Once Language Input is enabled an Administrator or User can change the input language on the phone using the IP Phone UI The Input Language option appears under the Language option in the IP Phone UI Example Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Language Settings on page A 186 Language 1 Screen Language 2 Input Language ...

Page 354: ...Language List 4 Select the language you want to use on the IP phone for inputting text and characters Valid values are English default Français French Español Spanish Deutsch German not applicable to 6757i CT cordless handset Italiano Italian not applicable to 6757i CT cordless handset Русский Russian not applicable to 6757i CT cordless handset Note Available input languages are dependent on the c...

Page 355: ...stra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Language Settings 2 Select a language from the Input Language field Setting this field allows you to specify the language to use when entering text in the Aastra Web UI IP Phone UI or in XML applications on the phone Valid values are English default Français French Español Spanish Deutsch German not applicable to 6757i CT cordless handset Italiano ...

Page 356: ...mation about using XML objects for defining input language contact Aastra Telecom Customer Support regarding the Aastra XML Development Guide UTF 8 Codec for Multi National Language Support The IP Phones and expansion modules include support for ISO 8859 2 Latin2 of multi national languages when displaying and inputing in the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI UTF 8 is also compatible with XML enco...

Page 357: ...Operational Features 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 5 51 Configuring Operational Features The following table illustrates the Latin 2 character set now used on the IP Phones ...

Page 358: ... following locking parameters in the configuration files to lock the softkeys and or programmable keys on all the phones except the 6751i The locking parameters impact existing softkey and programmable key parameters as shown in the table below Locking Parameter Impacted Parameters Phone Model Affected softkeyN locked softkeyN type softkeyN label softkeyN value softkeyN line softkeyN states 9480i ...

Page 359: ...nistrator providing a total of 6 programmable keys if required If a System Administrator unlocks the SAVE and DELETE keys these keys can be configured with the same functions that are available for the other programmable keys Only the System Administrator can unlock these keys Note The 3 Line LCD phones prevent users from setting a speed dial key via the Phone UI on a key that has been locked Conf...

Page 360: ...ed with other functions if required An Administrator can use the following parameters in the configuration file to lock and unlock the Save and Delete keys prgkey1 locked prgkey2 locked The value of 0 unlocks the keys and the value of 1 locks the keys The default is 1 lock The following is an example of unlocking the Save and Delete keys using the configuration files Example prgkey1 locked 0 prgke...

Page 361: ...ring Operational Features Locking and Unlocking the Save and Delete Keys using the Configuration Files Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Locking the SAVE and DLETE Keys 6753i on page A 255 ...

Page 362: ... plan The Dial Plan field accepts up to 512 characters If a User enters a dial plan longer than 512 characters or a parsing error occurs the phone uses the default dial plan of x xx You configure the SIP Local Dial Plan using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files The IP phone SIP local dial plan available symbols are as follows Dial Plan Example An example of a SIP Local Dial Plan is 01 XXX...

Page 363: ...ial string and the call is dialed You can enable this feature by adding a prepend digit s to the end of the Local Dial Plan parameter string in the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI at Basic Settings Preferences General For example if you add a prepend map of 2 9 XXXXXXXXX 91 the IP phone adds the digits 91 to any 10 digit number beginning with any digit from 2 to 9 that is dialed out Other...

Page 364: ... seconds after you pick up the handset or after you finish dialing the numbers on the keypad before making the call You can enable or disable the dial plan terminator using Aastra Web UI or the configuration files Digit Timeout The IP phone allows you to configure a Digit Timeout feature on the IP phone The Digit Timeout is the time in seconds between consecutive key presses on the IP phone s keyp...

Page 365: ...ary number of digits and the semicolon indicates that the phone is to present a dial tone after the previous dialed digit For example in the string 9 xxxxx the user dials 9 to get the outside line listens for the dial tone and continues to dial the applicable number The tells the phone to present a second dial tone after the previously dialed digit The xxxxx in the example tells the phone that a p...

Page 366: ...ial Plan Dial Plan Terminator and Digit Timeout Use the following procedures to configure the SIP Local Dial Plan using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section SIP Local Dial Plan Settings on page A 73 ...

Page 367: ... or a to present a secondary dial tone if required Note If a User enters a dial plan longer than 512 characters or a parsing error occurs the phone uses the default dial plan of x xx 3 Enable the Send Dial Plan Terminator field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled 4 In the Digit Timeout in seconds field enter a timeout value This is the length of t...

Page 368: ...guration on the IP phones Reference For information on configuring the park and pickup programmable configuration using a key see Park Pick Up Key not applicable to the 6751i on page 5 237 Park Pickup Static Configuration 8 and 11 Line LCD phones only Using the static method of configuring park and pickup configures these features on a global basis for all IP phones connected in the network You ca...

Page 369: ...sing the Park softkey to park the call the default label of Pickup displays on the first screen of the phone UI The values you enter for the Park Pickup feature are dependant on your type of server The following table provides the values you enter for the sprecode and pickupsprecode parameters configuration files or Park Call and Pickup Parked Call fields Aastra Web UI Park Pickup Call Server Conf...

Page 370: ...llowing procedures to configure the Park Pickup call feature using the static configuration method Note Aastra recommends you configure either the static or the programmable configuration but not both Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Park and Pickup Global Settings not applicable to 6751i on page A 212 ...

Page 371: ...e in the Park Call field to which incoming live calls will be parked Note For values to enter in this field see the table Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 63 3 Enter a server value in the Pickup Parked Call field Note For values to enter in this field see the table Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 63 4 Click to save your changes ...

Page 372: ...dialed in the LCD window When the suppression of DTMF playback is enabled the IP phone dials the stored number and displays the entire number immediately in the LCD window allowing the call to be dialed much faster DTMF playback suppression is enabled by default Suppressing DTMF playback can be configured using the Aastra Web UI and the configuration files Configuring Suppression of DTMF Playback ...

Page 373: ...nces General 2 Enable the Suppress DTMF Playback field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is enabled 3 Click to save your settings You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 4 Click on Operation Reset 5 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes ...

Page 374: ...s of specific frequencies One tone is generated from a high frequency group of tones and the other from a low frequency group If you enable the Display DTMF Digits parameter the digits you are dialing from the keypad or from a softkey or programmable key display to the IP phone s LCD display This parameter is disabled by default no digits display when dialing You can enable the Display DTMF Digits...

Page 375: ...ences General 2 Enable the Display DTMF Digits field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled 3 Click to save your settings You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 4 Click on Operation Reset 5 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes ...

Page 376: ...rward the call according to the rule configured The phone can only transfer the currently active call or accept transferred calls if there is no active calls If call waiting is disabled on the 6757i CT bases and the handset is currently on a call all additional incoming calls are rejected on the handset intercom calls are treated as regular incoming calls and are rejected pre dialing with live dia...

Page 377: ...all The tone is also audible to the caller to indicate to that caller you are currently on another call A User or Administrator can configure this feature An Administrator can configure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Call Waiting Call Waiting Tone Use the following procedures to configure the Call Waiting Call Waiting Tone features on the IP phone Note ...

Page 378: ...this field uncheck the box This feature allows you to enable or disable the call waiting feature on the IP phone 3 The Play Call Waiting Tone field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box This feature allows you to enable or disable the call waiting tone on the IP phone Note The Call Waiting Tone feature works only if the Call Waiting tone field is enabled 4 Click to save your ...

Page 379: ...g on the IP phone You can configure this feature using the configuration files and the Aastra Web UI Configuring Stuttered Dial Tone Use the following procedures to configure stuttered dial tone on the IP phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for enabling disabling stuttered dial tone see Appendix A the section Stuttered Dial Tone Setting on page...

Page 380: ...60 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 The Stuttered Dial Tone field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 381: ...ep can be turned ON or OFF using the Aastra Web UI the configuration files or in an XML script Reference For more information about enabling disabling the XML Beep Support in an XML script see XML Customized Services on page 5 319 Configuring XML Beep Support Use the following procedures to enable disable XML Beep Support Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration...

Page 382: ...1160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 The XML Beep Support field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 383: ...for each message to display before scrolling to the next message You can configure this option via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Reference For more information about configuring the status scroll delay for XML status messages see XML Customized Services on page 5 319 Configuring Status Scroll Delay Use the following procedures to configure Status Scroll Delay Configuration Files For...

Page 384: ...ministrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 In the Status Scroll Delay seconds field enter a value in seconds that each XML status message displays on the phone Default is 5 seconds Valid values are 1 to 25 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 385: ...ne or sends busy signal if all remaining lines are busy and the LED for that line blinks You have a choice to ignore the incoming call or answer the incoming call on another line via the Ignore and Answer softkeys that display If you choose to answer the incoming call you can answer the call finish the call and then hang up You can still go back to the original outgoing call and finish dialing out...

Page 386: ... incoming call interrupts your dialing on an outgoing intercom call On an incoming intercom call the enabled Allow Barge In and Auto Answer occurs while you are dialing to transfer or conference the call However the incoming call goes to an available idle line and the LED blinks while you are dialing the second half of the conference or transfer If Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing Web UI or incomi...

Page 387: ...iguring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing is disabled by default If required enable the Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing field by checking the check box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 388: ...You can do this using the switch focus to ringing line parameter in the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Switch Focus to Ringing Line You use the following procedures to enable or disable Switch Focus to Ringing Line Note If you configure the BLF Xfer key s and or Speeddial Xfer key s on the phone you can enable or disable the switching of the user interface focus to ringing li...

Page 389: ...onfiguring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 The Switch Focus to Ringing Line field is enabled by default To disable this field uncheck the box 3 Click to save your changes Switch Focus to Ringing Line Parameter ...

Page 390: ...phone Phone Feature Preferred Line Behavior call return The phone switches back to the focused line immediately after the call ends speeddial The line is already specified when the speeddial is created The phone switches back immediately after the call ends conference For incoming calls the phone switches back immediately after the call ends transfer For incoming or outgoing calls the current beha...

Page 391: ...efault and recovery mode clears the preferred line and preferred line timeout parameters and the phone operates in a non preferred line mode Notes 1 If you specify a value of 0 for the preferred line parameter it disables the preferred line focus feature 2 If you specify a value of 0 for the preferred line timeout parameter the phone returns the line to the preferred line immediately Configuration...

Page 392: ... Preferences General 2 In the Preferred Line field select a preferred line to switch focus to after incoming or outgoing calls end on the phone Valid values are None disables the preferred line focus feature 1 to 9 Default is 1 For example if you set the preferred line to 1 when a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phone on any line the phone switches focus back to Line 1 Preferred Line Preferr...

Page 393: ...Preferred Line Timeout field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone switches back to the preferred line after a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phone or after a duration of inactivity on an active line Default is 0 Valid values are 0 to 999 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 394: ...the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the phone displays softkey 1 as answer and softkey 2 as ignore You can press the required softkey as applicable For 3 line LCD phones If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the ignore option only displays in the LCD window The phone ignores the incoming call If yo...

Page 395: ...iguring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General 2 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing is disabled by default If required enable the Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing field by checking the check box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 396: ...You can configure the status code using the configuration files only Use the following parameter to configure a status code when ignoring incoming calls sip ignore status code Configuring Status Codes on Ignoring Incoming Calls You can use the following procedure to set the status code sent in the response when a user presses the Ignore key Note Valid status codes are based on RFC3261 Configuratio...

Page 397: ...ort mappings are set up between the phone and the Internet Gateway Device IGD in your network The phone controls the opening closing and polling of ports on the IGD HTTP and SIP use a single port each RTP RTCP uses a range of ports You can enable the UPnP mappings to specific lines on your phone You set this configuration using the Aastra Web UI at Basic Settings Preferences UPnP Mapping Lines Con...

Page 398: ...s General 2 The UPnP Mapping Lines field is set to 0 by default If required change the setting to a specific line by selecting a line from the list Valid values are 0 through 10 The line you select is the line that your remote phone uses to perform Universal Plug and Play on the network you are connecting to 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 399: ...you configure the MWI LED for all lines the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on any line on the phone lines 1 through 9 A User can configure the MWI using the Aastra Web UI only An Administrator can configure the MWI on single or all lines using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring Message Waiting Indicator MWI Use the following procedures to configure MWI on the IP p...

Page 400: ...eral 2 In the Message Waiting Indicator Line field select a single line from 1 to 9 or select All for all lines If you select a single line the MWI illuminates when a voice mail message is pending on that line If you select all lines the MWI illuminates when a voice mail message is pending on any line from 1 to 9 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 401: ...inistrator or User can set the DND mode using the Aastra Web UI at the path Basic Settings Preferences General DND Key Mode An Administrator can also set the DND Key Mode using the configuration files Reference For more information about how DND works and how you can use it on the phones see the section Do Not Disturb DND on page 5 210 Configuring the DND Key Mode Use the following procedures to s...

Page 402: ... ON for all accounts on the phone DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for all accounts or turn DND OFF for all accounts Notes 1 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is igno...

Page 403: ...extension module key The following describes the behavior for each CFWD mode Account mode The account mode allows you to configure CFWD on a per account basis Pressing a configured CFWD key applies to the account in focus Phone mode The Phone mode allows you to set the same CFWD configuration for all accounts All Busy and or No Answer When you configure the initial account the phone applies the co...

Page 404: ...erent call forwarding rules modes independently for example you can set different phone numbers for Busy All and NoAns modes and then turn them on off individually The behavior of these states is dependent on the mode account phone or custom you configure on the phone Reference For more information about how Call Forwarding works and how you can use it on the IP Phones see Call Forwarding on page ...

Page 405: ...erational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General Note If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still configure Call Forwarding via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward Call Forward Key Mode Parameter ...

Page 406: ...account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific state All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On the 3 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL Off On the 8 and 11 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to All On All Off ...

Page 407: ... serial asset number On the IP Phones LLDP MED performs the following Supports the MAC PHY configuration e g speed rate duplex mode Supports VLAN info from the network policy this takes precedence over manual settings Allows you to enable disable LLDP MED if required Allows you to configure time interval between successive LLDP Data Unit LLDPDU frames Allows LLDP packets to be received from the LA...

Page 408: ...edure to enable disable LLDP MED using the IP Phone UI Parameter Method of Configuration Who Can Configure lldp Configuration Files Administrator lldp interval Configuration Files Administrator use lldp elin Configuration Files Administrator LLDP Support IP Phone UI Administrator LLDP Aastra Web UI Administrator LLDP Packet Interval Aastra Web UI Administrator LLDP ELIN Aastra Web UI Administrator...

Page 409: ...trator Menu On the 6751i Press Services and then select Options Administrator Menu 2 Select Network Settings 3 Select Ethernet VLAN 4 Select LLDP Support 5 Press CHANGE to toggle the LLDP setting to Enabled or Disabled This field enables or disables Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices LLDP MED on the IP Phone 6 Press DONE to save the change ...

Page 410: ...twork Advanced Network Settings 2 The LLDP field is enabled by default To disable LLDP click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark 3 In the LLDP Packet Interval field enter the time in seconds between the transmission of LLDP Data Unit LLDPDU packets The value of zero 0 disables this parameter Valid values are 0 to 2147483647 Default is 30 4 Click to save your changes LLDP LLDP Packet ...

Page 411: ...eral 6 The Use LLDP ELIN field is enabled by default To disable LLDP ELIN click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark This field enables or disables the use of an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN received from LLDP as a caller ID for emergency numbers 7 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Use LLDP ELIN ...

Page 412: ... placing the intercom call For example an outgoing intercom call can use the configuration of line 1 but places the actual intercom call using line 9 Only an Administrator can configure outgoing intercom calls A phone side Intercom call indicates the phone is responsible for telling the recipient that an intercom call is being placed while a server side intercom call means the SIP server is respon...

Page 413: ...allows you to enable or disable automatic answering for an Intercom call If Auto Answer is enabled the phone automatically answers an incoming intercom call If Play Warning Tone is also enabled the phone plays a tone to alert the user before answering the intercom call If Auto Answer is disabled the phone rejects the incoming intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller Delay before Auto An...

Page 414: ... phone treats an incoming intercom call like a normal call and plays the call warning tone You can set this parameter using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI For incoming intercom calls an administrator or user can configure the following parameters Configuring Intercom Calls Settings You can configure the Intercom feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration...

Page 415: ... A 200 For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for incoming Intercom see Appendix A the section Incoming Intercom Settings on page A 202 Aastra Web UI Outgoing intercom settings 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Outgoing Intercom Settings 2 Select an Intercom type for outgoing Intercom calls from the Type list box Valid values are Phone Side Server Side Off Default is Of...

Page 416: ...ng Intercom Settings 2 The Auto Answer field is enabled by default The automatic answering feature is turned on for the IP phone for answering Intercom calls To disable this field uncheck the box Note If the Auto Answer field is not checked disabled the phone rejects the incoming intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller 3 The Microphone Mute field is enabled by default The microphone is...

Page 417: ...ng softkeyN type topsoftkeyN type prgkeyN type or expmodX keyN type sofkeyN label softkeyN value topsoftkeyN value prgkeyN value or expmodX keyN value An Administrator or User can use the following parameters in the Aastra Web UI to set Group Paging RTP Settings Paging Listen Addresses Path Basic Settings Preferences Group Paging RTP Settings Paging Key Operation Softkeys and XML Programmable Keys...

Page 418: ...ameter is disabled and there is not other call on the phone then the paging is automatically played via the preferred audio device see the model specific IP Phone User Guide for setting Audio Mode on the phone If there is an existing call on the phone the call initially displays in the ringing state The user has the option to accept ignore the call If the Allow Barge In parameter is enabled the RT...

Page 419: ...aging RTP Settings using the configuration files Use the following procedure to configure RTP streaming for Paging applications using the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Group Paging RTP Settings on page A 204 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Group Paging RTP Settings ...

Page 420: ...er the IP address in dotted decimal format for example 224 0 0 2 10000 239 0 1 20 15000 If this field is blank Paging listening capability is disabled on the phone 3 Click on Softkeys and XML or Click on Programmable Keys or Click on Expansion Module Keys 4 Choose a key that you want to assign as the Paging Key and select Paging from the Type field 5 In the Label field enter a key label to assign ...

Page 421: ...ress es and a port number for the Paging key When you press this key the phone initiates an outgoing multicast RTP session to the specified address es using the specified port For example 224 0 0 2 10000 Note When you select Paging for the Type field the Line field and state fields are disabled 7 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 422: ...the phones use the Intercom configuration settings The incoming Page is dependant on the Allow Barge In parameter setting and the Idling On Call state Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action On the IP Phone press the key you configured for Paging labeled as Group 1 in the following illustration The phone opens a multicast RTP session and an outgoing OR incoming phone screen displays as follows Press the Dr...

Page 423: ...he key is not active and is ignored if pressed by the user For redial disabled the value of 1 does not save the dialed number to the Redial List If this parameter is set to 0 the key is active and can be pressed by the user This feature is configurable via the configuration files only Notes 1 On 8 and 11 Line LCD phones the Xfer and Conf keys are hard coded by default on keys 5 and 6 to the left o...

Page 424: ...igure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedures to set the Redial and Conf keys as speeddial keys Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Mapping Key Settings on page A 214 Note If you configure the Redial and Conference keys for speeddialing on the 6757i CT Base Station the Red...

Page 425: ... Basic Settings Preferences 2 In the Key Mapping section enter a number in the Map Redial Key To field that the IP phone will use to speeddial when the Redial key is pressed 3 Enter a number in the Map Conf Key To field that the IP phone will use to speeddial when the Conf Key is pressed 4 Click to save your changes ...

Page 426: ...quickly redial the last number that was dialed out from the phone You can Press the REDIAL key twice to redial the last number dialed Press the REDIAL key once scroll the list of numbers then press the REDIAL button again to dial the number that displays on the screen The last number redial feature for the Redial key is static and is not configurable Note You can use the Redial key during active c...

Page 427: ...enable disable these ring tones on a global basis or on a per line basis The following table identifies the valid settings and default values for each type of configuration method Ring Tone Settings Table Configuration Method Valid Values Default Value Configuration Files Global 0 Tone1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone 4 4 Tone 5 5 Silent Per Line 1 global 0 Tone1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3 Tone 4 4 Tone 5 5 Sil...

Page 428: ...v 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Configuration Method Valid Values Default Value Aastra Web UI Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Per Line Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Global Tone 1 Per Line Global ...

Page 429: ... are US Default also used in Canada Australia Europe generic tones France Germany Italy Mexico Brazil United Kingdom UK Russia When you configure the country s tone set the country specific tone is heard on the phone for the following dial tone secondary dial tone ring tone busy tone congestion tones call waiting tone ring cadence pattern IMPORTANT You configure ring tones and tone sets using the ...

Page 430: ...or Ring Tone Per Line Settings on page A 167 IP Phone UI Step Action For global configuration only 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Preferences 3 Select Tones 4 Select Set Ring Tone 5 Select the type of ring tone Tone 1 through Tone 5 or Silent 6 Press Done to save the change 7 Select Tone Set 8 Select the country for which you want to apply the tone set Valid values are Aus...

Page 431: ...ues are Australia Europe France Germany Italy Mexico Brazil Russia UK and US Default is US 3 Select a value from the Global Ring Tone field Note See the Ring Tone Settings Table on page 5 121 for valid values For per line configuration 4 In the Ring Tone section select a line for which you want to set ring tone 5 Select a value from the LineN field Note See the Ring Tone Settings Table on page 5 1...

Page 432: ...lert Info header the firmware strips out the URL and keyword parameter and maps it to the appropriate Bellcore tone If there is no keyword parameter in the Alert Info header or the INVITE message contains no Alert Info header then the IP phone firmware uses the Bellcore standard ring tone Asterisk Broadworks Servers The ring tone keywords that can display in the Alert Info header for an Asterisk a...

Page 433: ...ncies and cadences Ring cadence is the ringing pattern heard by the called party before they pick up the call On the IP phones if you enable priority alerting when using an Asterisk or Broadworks server the IP phone uses the following Bellcore specified tones by default Ring Tone Pattern Asterisk Broadworks Servers Sylantro Server Ring Tone Keywords alert acd auto call distribution alert community...

Page 434: ...alert community 4 alert emergency alert external alert group alert internal alert priority Normal ringing default Bellcore dr2 Bellcore dr3 Bellcore dr4 Bellcore dr5 Silent Bellcore Tone Pattern ID Pattern Cadence Minimum Duration ms Nominal Duration ms Maximum Duration ms Standard 1 Ringing Silent 2s On 4s Off 1800 3600 2000 4000 2200 4400 Bellcore dr2 2 Ringing Silent Ringing Silent Long Long Lo...

Page 435: ...e and the user is still waiting for a call the Bellcore dr5 is a ring splash tone that reminds the user that these are enabled Tone Frequency Hz Cadence on off Dial 425 Continuous Secondary Dial 425 300 100 300 1300 Ringing 425 1000 4000 Busy 425 500 500 Congestion 425 250 250 Call Waiting 425 100 100 100 10000 Ring Cadence 1000 4000 Tone Frequency Hz Cadence on off Dial 425 Continuous Secondary D...

Page 436: ...hones Tone Frequency Hz dBm0 Cadence ms tone pause tone Note Dial 425 10 Continuous Special Dial 425 10 500 50 Repetitive Busy 425 10 500 500 Repetitive Ringing 425 10 1000 4000 Repetitive Congestion 425 10 200 200 Repetitive Call Waiting 425 10 200 600 200 Non repetitive Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Priority Alert S...

Page 437: ...Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences 2 In the Priority Alerting Settings section enable the Enable Priority Alerting field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box For Sylantro Servers 3 Select a ring tone pattern for each of the following fields Group Internal External Emergency Priority auto call distribution community 1 community 2 community 3 community ...

Page 438: ...n page 127 For Sylantro servers call waiting tones are specified by the Bellcore tones you configure in the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files See the table Ring Tone Pattern Sylantro Servers on page 128 Reference For more information about enable disabling call waiting on the IP Phone see the section Call Waiting Call Waiting Tone on page 5 70 Bellcore Call Waiting Tone Pattern ID Pattern M...

Page 439: ... see Busy Lamp Field BLF on page 171 Using XML a user can intercept a call by selecting an extension from a list and then pressing a Pickup softkey programmable key To use the Directed call pickup feature from an XML application you must list all ringing extensions using the AastraIPPhoneTextMenu XML object in an XML script This allows the user to select the ringing extension from a text menu with...

Page 440: ... call pickup prefix When the phone performs the Directed Call Pickup after pressing a BLF or BLF List softkey the phone prepends the 98 value to the designated extension of the BLF or BLF List softkey when dialing out How this feature works when Directed Call Pickup is enabled with BLF or BLF List 1 Phone A monitors Phone B via BLF List 2 Phone C calls Phone B Phone B rings 3 If you press the BLF ...

Page 441: ...provides applicable information If the Directed Call Pickup over BLF information is missing in the messages to the server the Directed Call Pickup by Prefix method is used if a value for the prefix code exists in the configuration 2 You can define only one prefix at a time for the entire BLF List 3 The phone that picks up displays the prefix code the extension number for example 981234 where prefi...

Page 442: ...tion files see Appendix A the section Directed Call Pickup BLF or XML Call Interception Settings on page A 209 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Directed Call Pickup Settings 2 Enable the Directed Call Pickup field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box Default is disabled 3 optional Enter a prefix in the Directed Call Pickup Prefix field For example 9...

Page 443: ...rt ring splash when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extension If the Play a Ring Splash parameter is enabled and the host tone is idle the tone plays a ring splash 5 Click to save your changes Note You must enable Directed Call Pickup before performing these procedures See Enabling Disabling Directed Call Pickup on page 5 136 Configuration Files To set BLF or BLF List in the configu...

Page 444: ...kup field by checking the check box 3 optional Enter a prefix in the Directed Call Pickup Prefix field For example 98 This prefix is appended to the beginning of the Directed Call Pickup number when dialed from the BLF or BLF List softkey 4 Enable the Play a Ring Splash field by checking the check box The IP phone plays a short ring splash when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extens...

Page 445: ...r Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Note Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 6 Select a softkey or programmable key to configure 7 In the Type field select BLF Asterisk BLF List BroadSoft BroadWorks Aastra Web UI ...

Page 446: ...e value is an identifier for the list of numbers you are monitoring 10 Click to save your changes 11 In the Line field select a line number that is actively registered to the appropriate SIP proxy you are using 12 In the BLF List URI field enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page for your particular user For example my6757i blf list as broadworks com ...

Page 447: ... or programmable key is pressed This XML application must be entered as a URI in the Value field of the XML key For information about creating an XML script see Appendix F the section Text Menu Object Menu Screens on page F 6 2 You must enable Directed Call Pickup before performing these procedures See Enabling Disabling Directed Call Pickup on page 5 136 Configuration Files To set XML in the conf...

Page 448: ... by checking the check box 3 optional Enter a prefix in the Directed Call Pickup Prefix field For example 98 This prefix is appended to the beginning of the Directed Call Pickup number when dialed from the BLF or BLF List softkey 4 Enable the Play a Ring Splash field by checking the check box The IP phone plays a short call waiting tone when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extension...

Page 449: ... or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Note Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 6 Select a softkey or programmable key to configure 7 In the Type field select XML 8 For 8 and 11 Line LCD softkeys In the Label field enter the name of the person who s extension you are monitoring Aastra Web UI ...

Page 450: ...xample http 65 205 71 13 xml startup key php user SIPREMOTENUMBER Note For more information about creating an XML script to use with Directed Call Pickup see Appendix F the section Text Menu Object Menu Screens on page F 6 10 Select the line state idle connected incoming outgoing busy that you want to apply to the XML softkey or programmable key 11 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 451: ...ovides the number of softkeys you can configure and the number of lines available for each type of phone The M670i expansion module consists of 36 softkeys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 108 softkeys Valid for all 67xi model phones EXCEPT the 6751i The M675i expansion module consists of 60 softkeys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 180 s...

Page 452: ...ne is in use or the line is set as Do Not Disturb The following table identifies the applicable default states for each type of softkey you can configure on the IP phone Softkey Type Default States None All states disabled Line idle connected incoming outgoing busy Speeddial idle connected incoming outgoing busy DND idle connected incoming outgoing busy BLF idle connected incoming outgoing busy BL...

Page 453: ...pe speeddial softkey12 label voicemail softkey12 value 89 softkey12 states outgoing Call Forward idle connected incoming outgoing busy BLF Xfer idle connected incoming outgoing busy Speeddial Xfer idle connected incoming outgoing busy Directory idle connected incoming outgoing busy Callers List idle connected incoming outgoing busy Intercom idle connected incoming outgoing busy Services idle conne...

Page 454: ...Softkeys and programmable keys are configurable using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files Note The empty key type allows a softkey to be removed quickly by deleting the softkey information from the configuration file Softkey Idle Connected Notes softkey1 Key 1 Key 2 Line displays for softkey1 Key 1 in connected state is the Drop key Idle and connected display as applicable softkey2 not us...

Page 455: ...ones and any attached expansion module keys to perform specific functions using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI The following table identifies the available functions of the softkeys programmable keys and expansion module keys on the IP phones Available functions may vary on each model phone The following Key Functions Table lists the available functions for the keys on the IP Phones ...

Page 456: ...umbers automatically dial when you press the softkey and the phone waits for you to enter the remaining numbers to dial out For more information about speeddial prefixes see Speeddial Prefixes on page 5 169 You can also create speeddial keys and edit the keys using the IP Phone keypad For more information about speeddial keys and editing speeddial keys see your Model specific User Guide for more i...

Page 457: ... section Automatic Call Distribution ACD for Sylantro Servers on page 5 189 For more information about ACD subscription period see ACD Subscription Period on page 5 199 Directed Call Pickup DCP Group Call Pickup GCP dcp Directed Call Pickup For Sylantro Servers Indicates the key is configured for either Directed Call Pickup or Group Call Pickup The DCP GCP feature allows you to intercept or pickup...

Page 458: ...recode sprecode Sprecode Indicates the key is set to automatically activate specific services offered by the server For example if the sprecode value of 82 is configured then by pressing the key 82 automatically activates a service provided by the server The value you enter for this field is dependent on the services provided by the server For more information about the Flash key see your Model sp...

Page 459: ...on about the BLF Xfer feature see the section BLF Xfer and Speeddial Xfer Keys on page 5 179 Speeddial Xfer speeddial xfer Speeddial Xfer Indicates the key is set to be used as a speeddial key AND as a Transfer key For more information about the Speeddial Xfer feature see the section BLF Xfer and Speeddial Xfer Keys on page 5 179 Speeddial Conf speeddial conf Speeddial Conf Indicates the key is se...

Page 460: ...For Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers An Administrator can also enable centralized conferencing on the IP Phones For more information about using the Conference key see your Model specific User s Guide For information about enabling centralizing conferencing see Centralized Conferencing for Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers on page 5 366 Transfer Applicable to the 6753i only xfer Transfer Indicates the ...

Page 461: ...ing Indicates the softkey is set for Group Paging on the phone Pressing this key automatically sends a Real Time Transport Protocol RTP stream to pre configured multicast address es without involving SIP signaling For more information about the Paging key see Group Paging RTP Settings on page 5 111 Empty Not applicable to programmable keys or expansion module keys empty Empty Indicates the key is ...

Page 462: ... and Programmable Keys Use the following procedures to configure the softkeys and programmable keys on the IP phone Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 217 ...

Page 463: ...hone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key to configure For Softkeys and Expansion Module Keys 3 In the Type field select the type of softkey you want to configure Reference For available type values on each IP phone model see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 217 4 ...

Page 464: ...the Idle Connected Incoming or Outgoing fields to check or uncheck the box Note Operational states are not applicable to expansion modules 8 Click to save your changes For programmable keys 9 In the Hard Key field select the programmable key type you want to configure Reference For available type values on each IP phone model see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansio...

Page 465: ... Handset Key Key Function Description 1 Line 1 Line 1 key Selects line one 2 Line 2 Line 2 key Selects line two 3 Line 3 Line 3 key Selects line three 4 Line 4 Line 4 key Selects line four 5 Icom Icom key Enter handset list to select handset to call 6 Dir Directory key Activate directory feature 7 Callers Callers key Activate callers feature 8 Xfer Transfer key Activate transfer feature 9 Conf Con...

Page 466: ...y key to go back on hook Duplicate functions can exist in the feature key as there is no filtering or duplicate checking done on the handset or the base If no line keys are programmed for the feature key the handset is restricted to intercom calls only If all 12 programmable functions have been programmed to None the user is presented with a List empty message when the feature key is pressed For s...

Page 467: ...none None Indicates the key is disabled This option is available from Web UI only Line Lines 1 through 9 are available for selection line Line Indicates the key is configured for line use Icom icom Icom Indicates the key is set to be used as the Intercom key For more information about the Icom key see your Aastra IP Phone 6757i CT User s Guide For information about other Intercom features see Inco...

Page 468: ...e key is set to be used as a pickup key to pick up a parked call For more information on pickup see the section Park Pick Up Key not applicable to the 6751i on page 5 237 Conference conf Conf Indicates the key is configured as a conference key for local conferencing For Sylantro and Broadsoft Servers An Administrator can also enable centralized conferencing on the IP Phones For more information ab...

Page 469: ... in the Directory List to be sent to the handsets A 6757i CT accepts a maximum of 50 entries with the public attribute For more information about the public private keys see your Aastra IP Phone 6757i CT User s Guide Flash flash Flash Indicates the key is set to generate a flash event when it is pressed or when a feature key is pressed on the 6757i CT cordless handset The IP phone generates flash ...

Page 470: ...figuration files or the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to program the feature keys on your 6757i CT Base Station and all paired handsets Use the following procedures to configure the IP phone handset feature keys Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Handset Feature Key Settings 9480i CT and 6757i CT on page A 240 ...

Page 471: ...dset key you want to program 3 Select the function for that handset key from the Key Function field 4 Click to save the function you selected to the handset key The key programming information is sent to the 6757i Base Station and to all the cordless handsets associated with that Base Station Any key programmed to None does not appear in the handset s list ...

Page 472: ...r a Softkey Programmable Key Expansion Module Key and or Feature Key CT Models Currently in the Aastra Web UI for a phone you can select a type of key from a list of approximately 26 key types to assign to a softkey programmable key expansion module key and or feature key Using the configuration files you can specify key types to display in the key type list that apply to a User s environment List...

Page 473: ...es specific key types for a phone in the configuration file and the phone for which he downloads the configuration to already has key types configured on it those key types display in the key list for those keys in addition to the key types specified by the Administrator For example a phone has a Park key and a Pickup key already configured on the phone and the Administrator downloads a configurat...

Page 474: ...ys 1 and 2 on the 6753i and 9143i and as Keys 5 and 6 on the 6730i and 6731i unless your Administrator configured these keys as other functions 3 An Administrator must use the English value when configuring the key types in the configuration files 5 After configuring specific key types for a phone the key types in the Aastra Web UI display the same for both the User and Administrator Web interface...

Page 475: ...ine 1 A new feature for the speeddial option allows you to configure a preset string of numbers followed by a This feature allows the phone to speeddial a prefix number and then pause to let you enter the remaining phone number You can use this feature for numbers that contain long prefixes For example if you had the following speeddial configuration in the configuration files softkey2 type speedd...

Page 476: ...to create and edit speeddial keys on the phone using the Press and hold feature softkeys programmable keys expansion module keys and key pad speeddial menu in the IP Phone UI and the SAVE TO key If this parameter is set to disabled it blocks the user from using any of the features on the phone to create or edit a speeddial key Enabling Disabling the Ability to Add or Edit a Speeddial Key Using the...

Page 477: ...nes the busy and idle indicators show on the IP phone screen display next to the softkey or programmable key configured for BLF functionality When the monitored user is idle an icon with the handset on hook shows next to the BLF softkey or programmable key When the monitored user is on an active call a small telephone icon is shown with the handset off hook On 3 Line LCD phones the LED lights next...

Page 478: ...itored extension is ringing the LED flashes You can configure a BLF List key on the IP Phones using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI You can also specify a BLF list URI that the phone uses to access the required BLF list You can specify a BLF List URI using the list uri parameter in the configuration files or the BLF List URI field in the Aastra Web UI at the path Operation Softkeys Pr...

Page 479: ...scriber if it is not defined already For example 9995551212 Subscribecontext sip BroadSoft BLF Configuration You can enable the BLF feature on BroadSoft BroadWorks Rel 13 or higher through the BroadWorks Web Portal Each user must have the Busy Lamp Field service enabled for their user The user must add each desired extension to the Monitored Users List on the Busy Lamp Field service page and also ...

Page 480: ...ng BLFs Use the following procedures to configure BLF and BLF List on the IP phone Configuration Files To set BLF or BLF List in the configuration files see Appendix A the sections Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 217 BLF List URI Settings on page A 256 ...

Page 481: ...nd XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a softkey programmable or expansion module key to configure 3 In the Type field select BLF Asterisk BLF List BroadSoft BroadWorks ...

Page 482: ...LF the value is the extension you want to monitor For BLF List the value is an identifier for the list of numbers you are monitoring 6 Click to save your changes 7 In the Line field select a line number that is actively registered to the appropriate SIP proxy you are using 8 In the BLF List URI field enter the name of the BLF list defined on the BroadSoft BroadWorks Busy Lamp field page for your p...

Page 483: ...2 minutes The default is 3600 1 hour Setting this parameter to a value lower than 3600 allows the configured BLF feature to become active more quickly after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone If you enter a value lower than 120 for this parameter the default value 3600 will be used by the IP phone You can configure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra...

Page 484: ...v 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 Enter a value in seconds from 120 2 min to 3600 1 hour in the BLF Subscription Period field 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 485: ...the recipient can transfer the call to an extension by 1 Pressing Xfer key 2 Entering the number of the extension or pressing speeddial or BLF key 3 Pressing Xfer key again The BLF and Speeddial transfer enhancement feature provides a simpler way of transferring calls using the keys called BLF Xfer and Speeddial Xfer The BLF Xfer key combines the BLF and Xfer key s functionality together allowing ...

Page 486: ...BLF Xfer key transfers the call to the extension unconditionally disregarding the status of the monitored extension If transferring a call to an extension fails a message Transfer Failed displays on the phone and you can reconnect the call get the call back by pressing the line key again BLF Xfer and Call forward When the focused line is in the Ringing state pressing the BLF Xfer key forwards the ...

Page 487: ...he phone to go offhook and dial the predefined extension Speeddial Xfer and Blind Transfer When the phone is connected to a call pressing the Speeddial Xfer key blind transfers the call to the predefined target If transferring a call fails a message Transfer Failed displays and you can reconnect the call get the call back by pressing the line key again Speeddial Xfer and Call Forward When the phon...

Page 488: ...35 prgkey1 line 1 Refer to the following in Appendix A to configure a BLF Xfer and Speeddial Xfer key on the IP phone using the configuration files Softkey Parameters Programmable Key Parameters Expansion Module Parameters softkeyN type softkeyN label softkeyN value softkeyN line softkeyN states prgkeyN type prgkeyN value prgkeyN line expmodN keyN type expmodN keyN label expmodN keyN value expmodN...

Page 489: ...configure the BLF Xfer key and or the Speeddial Xfer Key on the IP phone similar to configuring a BLF key or speeddial key using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure BLF Xfer and or Speeddial Xfer Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Keys Bottom Keys Tab 6757i example ...

Page 490: ...the Label field enter a key label to assign to the BLF Xfer key for example BX35 4 In the Value field enter the monitored extension for example 35 5 In the Line field select the line for which you want to use the key functionality 6 On the Bottom Key tab in the States field select the state s idle connected incoming outgoing busy for which you want to use on the key Note States are not applicable ...

Page 491: ...while on an active call the focused line changes to the dialing line A Cancel softkey displays on the phone only those phones that have LCDs larger then 3 lines allowing you to abort the conference speeddial if required The message Ringing displays below the number when the far end is ringing The message Conf Unavailable briefly displays when a conference is already in progress or when the CT hand...

Page 492: ...ales softkey1 value 5645 softkey1 line 3 topsoftkey1 type speeddialconf topsoftkey1 label Sales topsoftkey1 value 5645 topsoftkey1 line 3 prgkey1 type speeddialconf prgkey1 value 5645 prgkey1 line 1 expmod1 key1 type speeddialconf expmod1 key1 label Sales expmod1 key1 value 5645 expmod1 key1 line 3 Refer to the following in Appendix A to configure a Speeddial Conf key on the IP phone using the con...

Page 493: ...tkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module Keys 2 In the Type field select Speeddial Conf from the list of options 3 In the Label field enter a key label to assign to the Speeddial Conf key for example Sales 4 In the Value field enter the number that the phone dials when the Speeddial Conf key is pressed for example 4556 5 In the Line field select ...

Page 494: ...rator Guide 6 For phones with softkeys In the States field select the state s idle connected incoming outgoing busy for which you want to use on the key Note States are not applicable to programmable keys 9143i 6730i 6731i 6753i 6755i 7 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 495: ...phone user is ready to receive calls from the server the user logs into a queue Depending on the server configuration the IP phone is either in an unavailable or available state If the phone is set to available then the server begins to distribute calls to this phone immediately If the phone is set to unavailable then server waits until the IP phone user manually changes the phone status to availa...

Page 496: ...le timer Configuring an Automatic Call Distribution ACD Key You can configure an ACD key on softkeys programmable keys and extension module keys The following table illustrates examples of configuring an ACD key on the phone Use the following procedures to configure an ACD key n the IP phone Softkey Examples Top Softkey Examples Programmable Key Examples Extension Module Examples softkey1 type acd...

Page 497: ...2 5 5 191 Configuring Operational Features Configuring the ACD Auto Available Timer Configuration Files To configure the ACD Auto Available Timer using the configuration files see Appendix A the section ACD Auto Available Timer Settings on page A 211 ...

Page 498: ...le key or expansion module key using the Aastra Web UI This procedure uses the 6755i IP phone as an example Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6757i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 In the Type field select Auto Call Distributi...

Page 499: ...ot apply to the programmable keys on the 6730i 6731i 6753i 6755i and 9143i For example Sales 4 In the Line field select the line which the IP phone uses to subscribe to the queue For example Line 1 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings 2 In the Auto Available check box click Enabled 3 In the Auto Available Timer field speci...

Page 500: ...er to log into the Customer Support phone queue The administrator assigns the label Support to the softkey so it is easily recognizable to the IP phone user When the IP phone user wants to subscribe to the Customer Support queue the user presses the Support key and can log in Once logged in to the queue you can make himself available or unavailable to take calls by pressing the Available Unavailab...

Page 501: ...all The table below describes the meaning of the LED and each icon as they may appear on your IP phone Phone Model Status Logged In and Available Status Unavailable Logged Out 9143i Solid Red LED Blinking red LED No LED 9480i 9480i CT Solid Red LED icon Blinking Red LED Blinking icon No LED icon 6730i 6731i 6753i Solid Red LED Blinking red LED No LED 6755i 6757i 6757i CT Solid Red LED icon Blinkin...

Page 502: ...Check with your administrator to verify the label assigned to the ACD softkey on your IP phone The login screen see below appears In this example the ACD softkey accesses the Customer Support phone queue and is labelled Support 2 To log into the phone queue use your IP phone keypad to enter the following information User ID The phone number you use to access the queue Password The password you use...

Page 503: ...ving calls To temporarily stop receiving calls you can switch the IP phone status to unavailable While you are on a call or miss a call that has been distributed to your IP phone your IP phone status automatically switches to unavailable Your IP phone remains in the unavailable state until one of the following things occur You use the IP Phone UI to manually switch the IP phone state back to avail...

Page 504: ...able then the server will begin to distribute phone calls from this queue to your IP phone If your IP phone status remains unavailable after you log in then you must manually change the state to available in order to start receiving calls To temporarily stop receiving calls you can switch the IP phone status to unavailable While you are on a call or miss a call that has been distributed to your IP...

Page 505: ...2 minutes The default is 3600 1 hour Setting this parameter to a value lower than 3600 allows the configured ACD feature to become active more quickly after a software firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the IP phone If you enter a value lower than 120 for this parameter the default value 3600 will be used by the IP phone You can configure this feature using the configuration files or the Aastra...

Page 506: ...v 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 Enter a value in seconds from 120 2 min to 3600 1 hour in the ACD Subscription Period field 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 507: ... BLA expiration in the subscribe message received from the server If no value is specified in the Subscribe message received from the server the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds You can configure this parameter using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the BLA Subscription Period Use the following procedures to configure the BLA Subscription Period Configuration Fil...

Page 508: ...Period field enter a value in seconds that the phone waits to receive a BLA subscribe message from the server If you specify zero 0 the phone uses the value specified for the BLA expiration in the subscribe message received from the server If no value is specified the phone uses the default value of 300 seconds Valid values are 0 to 3700 Default is 300 seconds 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 509: ...receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously the IP Phone UI displays a list of incoming calls You select a call from this list and are connected to the call When you configure a GCP softkey you specify the ring group that you want to monitor for incoming calls For example suppose an Operator configures a GCP softkey to monitor incoming calls for a specific ring group extensions 2200 2210 When ...

Page 510: ...GCP Using the Configuration Files for Sylantro Servers Use the following procedures to configure DCP GCP using the configuration files Configuration Files To set DCP GCP in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 217 ...

Page 511: ...ckup using the Aastra Web UI This procedure uses the 6757i IP Phone as an example Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6755i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key for which to configure Directed Call Pickup 3 In the Type ...

Page 512: ...e Administrator Guide 4 In the Label field specify a name for this Directed Call Pickup softkey For example DCP2200 5 In the Value field specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey For example 2200 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 513: ...kup using the Aastra Web UI Note A ring group must be configured on the Sylantro Server in order for a GCP softkey to function Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module N Depending on your phone model the key configuration screen displays The 6755i Key Screen is shown as an example 2 Select a key for which to ...

Page 514: ...ou must first configure the DCP or GCP key You must identify the extension s or phone number s you want to monitor when configuring the key IP Phone UI Step Action Using Directed Call Pickup DCP 1 When the monitored extension receives a call press the DCP softkey to pick up the call 2 If the monitored extension receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously the phone displays a list of incoming c...

Page 515: ...eives multiple incoming calls simultaneously the phone displays a list of incoming calls 3 Select a call from this list using the UP and DOWN arrow keys Press the Pickup softkey to answer the call you selected IP Phone UI Step Action Select an extension Press the Pickup key to answer the call DCP on line Pickup Cancel 1 2201 ...

Page 516: ...handle DND The three modes you can set on the phone for DND are Account Phone Custom DND Account Based Configuration An Administrator or User can configure DND on the phone side by setting a mode for the phone to use account phone or custom Once the mode is set you can use the IP Phone UI to use the DND feature Notes 1 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is i...

Page 517: ...e IP Phone You can configure the DND softkey and the DND mode Account Phone Custom using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Once you configure DND you can access the DND screen on the IP Phone UI Important Notes In the Aastra Web UI the Account Configuration page replaces the previous Call Forward Settings page In the IP Phone UI the new DND key feature now has new menu screens If you ma...

Page 518: ...1 states idle connected incoming outgoing busy In the above example softkey 1 is configured for DND for line 1 only with a custom configuration Pressing softkey 1 displays DND screens for which you can customize on the phone For specific screens that display in the IP Phone UI see the section Using DND Modes via the IP Phone UI on page 5 216 Note If there is no DND key configured or if it is remov...

Page 519: ...ount in focus on the IP Phone UI to ON or OFF phone Sets DND ON for all accounts on the phone DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for all accounts or turn DND OFF for all accounts Notes 1 If there is only one a...

Page 520: ...ge the DND status for all accounts 2 Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts configured on the phone In the screen in step 4 Screenname1 is configured on Line 1 Screenname2 is configured on Line 2 and Screenname3 is configured on Line 3 The name for the account is dependant on the name specified for the Screen Name parameter at the p...

Page 521: ...ge takes effect immediately without a reboot 7 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module Note If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed DND is disabled on the IP Phone 8 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Softkeys 1 and 2 configured for DND ...

Page 522: ...e IP Phone The following procedure assumes you have already configured a DND key AND assumes there are three accounts configured on the phone Notes 1 If there is no DND key configured or if it is removed DND is disabled on the IP Phone 2 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to Phone 3 Using the Aastra Web...

Page 523: ...3 have DND ON Screenname 2 has DND OFF On the 8 and 11 Line LCD phones With the account in focus on the IP Phone UI press the DND key to toggle DND ON or OFF for the account Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account In the above example Screenname1 Screenname2 and Screenname3 are three accounts configured on the phone Only Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON Screenname 2 has DND O...

Page 524: ...e DND key to toggle DND ON or OFF for all accounts on the phone Toggling to ON enables DND on all accounts on the phone Toggling to OFF disables DND on all accounts on the phone Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys to scroll through each account In the above example toggling Screenname1 to DND ON enabled DND for Screenname2 and 3 also Note Enabling DND in Phone mode toggles all accounts on the phone ...

Page 525: ...ame2 has DND off as indicated by an X Items 4 and 5 allow you to disable or enable DND on all accounts respectively You use the CHANGE key to enable or disable DND for a specific account You use the SET key to enable disable DND for all accounts After making the change you must press DONE and then Confirm to save the change Pressing Cancel 0 cancels the attempted change The following screen displa...

Page 526: ...e DND key on the phone The screen displays a list of the accounts on the phone and allows you to enable disable a specific account or all accounts Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through the accounts In the above example Screenname1 and 3 have DND ON as indicated by a checkmark 3 Screenname2 has DND off as indicated by an X The ALL ON and ALL OFF softkeys allow you to enable or disable DN...

Page 527: ...e can pick up an incoming call or initiate an outgoing call on the BLA DA All phones reflect the usage of the BLA DA If the call is put on hold any one from the group can pick up the held call As a multiple BLA group On one single phone multiple BLA DA can be associated with different line appearances Every BLA DA is independent from each other and follows the same rules as a single BLA group As m...

Page 528: ...ion files or the Aastra Web UI Global BLA You configure BLA on a global basis in the configuration files using the following parameters sip mode sip user name sip bla number You configure BLA on a global basis in the Aastra Web UI using the following fields at Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Line Mode Phone Number BLA Number IP Phone Model Possible of BLA Lines 9143i 9 9480i 9 9480...

Page 529: ...e Mode Phone Number BLA Number Sylantro servers and ININ servers require specific configuration methods for per line configurations For Sylantro Server When configuring the BLA feature on a per line basis for a Sylantro server the value set for the sip lineN bla number parameter shall be the same value set for the sip lineN user name parameter for all the phones in the group For example if sip lin...

Page 530: ...umber 1010 for phone 2 with appearance of phone 3 sip line1 mode 3 sip line1 user name 10102 sip line1 bla number 1010 for phone 3 sip line1 mode 3 sip line1 user name 1010 sip line1 bla number 1010 Use the following procedures to configure BLA on the IP phone Configuring Global BLA Configuring Per Line BLA Note The original phone number which has the bridged line appearance on other phones will h...

Page 531: ...tional Features 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 5 225 Configuring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 For global configuration of BLA Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Authentication Settings ...

Page 532: ...he BLA option 2 In the Phone Number field enter the phone number of the IP phone 3 For global configuration of BLA In the BLA Number field enter the Bridge Line Appearance BLA number to be shared across all IP phones For per line configuration of BLA In the BLA Number field enter the Bridge Line Appearance BLA number to be shared on a specific line 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 533: ... line BLA configuration and you want to share a call on the line with a BLA group you need to press the Hold button before sharing the call with the group For example if line 1 is configured for BLA and you pick up a call on line 1 you must press the Hold button to share the call with the BLA group If you pick up a call on line 1 configured for BLA and another call comes in on line 2 you can pick ...

Page 534: ...d for third party registration When configuring the BLA feature on a per line basis for third party registration and subscription the third party name must be configured using the sip lineN bla number parameter For third party registration to work effectively one of the lines should register as generic with its own username For example Bob has Alice s appearance on his phone Bob s configuration is...

Page 535: ...868 sip line1 password sip line1 mode 3 sip line1 user name 4085582868 sip line1 display name Alice sip line1 screen name Alice P Preferred Identity Header for BLA Accounts The IP Phones support the BLA specification draft anil sipping bla 02 which states that the P Preferrred Identity header RFC3325 gets added to the INVITE message to indicate the Caller ID that is used for the call Note The P Pr...

Page 536: ...ifferent user names has the same BLA account If a normal line has the same user name as the BLA user of another line the phone shows MWI only for the normal line Use the following procedure to configure BLA support for MWI Notes 1 If you change the setting on this parameter you must reboot the phone for it to take affect 2 Both the sip explicit mwi subscription and sip mwi for bla account paramete...

Page 537: ...guring BLA Support for MWI using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure BLA support for MWI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section BLA Support for MWI on page A 98 Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings MWI for BLA Account Parameter ...

Page 538: ...affect 2 Both the sip explicit mwi subscription and sip mwi for bla account parameters must be enabled in order for the MWI subscription for BLA to occur 3 The MWI re subscription for the BLA account uses the value set for the sip explicit mwi subscription period parameter to re subscribe 4 Whether or not the sip mwi for bla account parameter is enabled the priority for displaying MWI does not cha...

Page 539: ...er to the following example Using the example above when a call comes into Phone 1 Phone 2 and Phone 3 can pickup the same call by pressing the SCA line key Phone 2 and 3 display the call they are bridging into on the LCD of the phones Existing SCA parties in a bridge or one to one call hear an audible beep when another party has joined the call Phone A Phone 1 SCA Environment Phone 2 Phone 3 Phon...

Page 540: ... party i e non SCA party in the bridge is on hold The following tables provide the key states and LED behavior in an SCA bridge call for users involved in an SCA call and users not involved in the SCA call Line Keys and Idle Screens Note Enabling disabling the beep is configurable on the server side State Call LED Call Caller ID Non Call LED Non Call Caller ID Idle N A N A Off N A Seized Solid Gre...

Page 541: ...d Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Sold Reverse Circle Slow Flashing Red Hold private Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Sold Circle Solid Red Bridge active Empty circle Solid Red Sold Circle Solid Red Bridge held Reverse empty blinking circle Slow Flashing Red Sold Circle Solid Red State Call LED Non Call LED Idle N A N A Seized Solid Red Solid Red Progressing outgoing...

Page 542: ...ate Call Line Key Pressed Non Call Line Key Pressed Idle N A Attempt to seize the line Seized Hang up Ignore Progressing Hang up Ignore Alerting answer N A Active Hold Bridge Held Retrieve Bridge Hold private Retrieve Ignore Bridge active Hold Bridge Bridge held Retrieve Bridge Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Shared Call...

Page 543: ... configuring the park and pickup static configuration method see Park Calls Pick Up Parked Calls on page 5 62 Park Pickup Programmable Configuration using a key The programmable method of configuration creates park and pickup keys softkeys programmable keys expansion module keys that you can configure on the IP phones For all phones EXCEPT the 6751i you can set a key as Park or Pickup and then spe...

Page 544: ...s pressing Ï displays the default labels of Park and Pickup On 3 Line LCD Phone UIs not applicable to 6751i When a call comes in and you pickup the handset you can press the applicable Park programmable key to park the call After the call is parked you can press the Pickup programmable key followed by the applicable value to pickup the call You can configure a Park and Pickup key configuration usi...

Page 545: ...keyN label parkCall softkeyN value asterisk 70 softkeyN line 1 softkeyN states connected softkeyN type pickup softkeyN label pickupCall softkeyN value asterisk 70 softkeyN line 1 softkeyN states idle outgoing Sylantro softkeyN type park softkeyN label parkCall softkeyN value sylantro 98 softkeyN line 1 softkeyN states connected softkeyN type pickup softkeyN label pickupCall softkeyN value sylantro...

Page 546: ...type pickup prgkeyN value sylantro 99 prgkeyN line 1 BroadWorks prgkeyN type park prgkeyN value broadworks 68 prgkeyN line 1 prgkeyN type pickup prgkeyN value broadworks 88 prgkeyN line 1 ININ PBX prgkeyN type park prgkeyN value inin callpark prgkeyN line 1 prgkeyN type pickup prgkeyN value inin pickup prgkeyN line 1 Note The 6730i 6731i 6753i 6755i and 9143i do not allow for the configuration of ...

Page 547: ...use the first programmable configuration For example if line 1 and line 6 are configured for park the CT handsets use the configuration set for line 1 to park a call On 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to 6751i you configure a Park and or Pickup key at Operation Programmable Keys and then enter the appropriate value and line Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values Leave value fields blank to ...

Page 548: ...lue field enter the appropriate value based on the server in your network Note For values to enter in this field see the table Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 241 6 In the Line field select a line for which to apply the Park configuration 7 The park softkey has a default state of Connected Leave this state enabled or to disable uncheck the check box 8 Pick a softkey to confi...

Page 549: ...ld select a line for which to apply the Pickup configuration 13 The pickup softkey has a default state of Idle and Outgoing Leave these states enabled or to disable uncheck the check boxes 14 Click to save your changes For CT Handset s 1 Click on Operation Handset Keys 2 Pick a handset key to configure for parking a call 3 In the Key Function field select Park 4 Pick another handset key to configu...

Page 550: ...le Park Pickup Call Server Configuration Values on page 5 241 5 For 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to 6751i In the Line field select a line for which to apply the Park configuration 6 Pick a key to configure for Picking up a call 7 In the Hard Key field select Pickup 8 In the Value field enter the appropriate value based on the server in your network Note For values to enter in this field see th...

Page 551: ...5 245 Configuring Operational Features 10 Click to save your changes You must restart your IP phone for the changes to take affect 11 Click on Operation Reset 12 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 552: ...s The parked call party will get music on hold 3 If the call fails you can pick up the call using the next procedure and press the Park softkey again to retry step 2 Picking up a Parked Call 4 Pick up the handset on the phone For Asterisk Server Server announces the extension number where the call has been parked Once the call is parked press the y key to complete parking For BroadWorks Server Aft...

Page 553: ...Rev 02 Release 2 5 5 247 Configuring Operational Features 5 Enter the extension number where the call was parked 6 Press the Pickup softkey If the call pick up is successful you are connected with the parked call IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 554: ...es into your phone after you are finished with the call and hangup you can press the key configured for lcr and the phone dials the last call you received When you configure an lcr softkey the label LCR displays next to that softkey on the IP phone When the Sylantro server detects an lcr request it translates this request and routes the call to the last caller Configuring Last Call Return Use the ...

Page 555: ...s and XML 2 Pick a softkey to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Type field select lcr 4 In the Line field select a line for which to apply the last call return configuration 5 The lcr softkey has a default state of Idle Connected Incoming Outgoing Leave these states enabled or to disable uncheck the check boxes as required 6 Click to save your changes ...

Page 556: ...ev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide For the 6757i CT Handset 1 Click on Operation Handset Keys 2 Pick a handset key to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Key Function field select lcr 4 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 557: ...ot applicable to 6751i 1 Click on Operation Programmable Keys 6753i Screen 2 Pick a key to configure for Last Call Return 3 In the Type field select lcr 4 For 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to 6751i In the Line field select a line for which to apply the lcr configuration 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 558: ... you configure the initial account the phone applies the configuration to all other accounts In the Aastra Web UI only the account you configured is enabled All other accounts are grayed out but set to the same configuration Using the Aastra Web UI if you make changes to that initial account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone Custom mode The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for...

Page 559: ...5 254 is in addition to the previous call forward parameter call forward disabled You can still use the previous call forwarding parameter if desired in the configuration files In the IP Phone UI you can access the Call Forwarding features at the path Options Call Forward or by pressing a configured CFWD key If you make changes to the configuration for CFWD via the IP Phone UI you must refresh the...

Page 560: ...ne or it is removed you can still set the CFWD modes via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward 2 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is ignored and the phone behaves as if the mode was set to Phone 3 When configuring a CFWD mode All Busy No Answer for an account you must configure a CFWD number for that mode in order for the mode to be enabled Conf...

Page 561: ... Release 2 5 5 255 Configuring Operational Features Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML or Click on Operation Programmable Keys or Click on Operation Expansion Module 2 Click to save your changes Softkey 2 configured for CFWD ...

Page 562: ... Administrator Guide 3 Click on Basic Settings Preferences General Note If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still set the CFWD modes via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward Aastra Web UI Call Forward Key Mode Parameter ...

Page 563: ...ccounts on the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific state All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On 3 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL Off On the 8 and 11 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to All On All Off or copy the configuration for the acco...

Page 564: ...ing calls only if the account is in the busy state The calls are forwarded to the specified phone number The No Answer option call forwards incoming calls only if the account rings but is not answered in the defined number of rings The call gets forwarded to the specified number Note You can use the Busy and No Answer states together using different forwarding phone numbers If these states are ena...

Page 565: ...o all accounts on the phone When enabling a CFWD state you must specify a phone number for the phone to CFWD to The number you specify applies to all accounts of the same mode 2 Number and name of accounts that display to this screen are dependant on the number and name of accounts configured on the phone In the screen in step 6 Screenname1 is configured on Line 1 Screenname2 is configured on Line...

Page 566: ...Forward on the phone s front panel The following procedure assumes you have already configured a CFWD key AND assumes there are three accounts configured on the phone Notes 1 If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed you can still enable CFWD via the IP Phone UI at the path Options Call Forward 2 If there is only one account configured on the phone then the mode setting is i...

Page 567: ...WD Busy enabled 2 Press the Call Forward key The Call Forward Mode screen displays Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a and CFWD NoAns is disabled as indicated by an X Screenname1 CFWD All Jan 1 12 96 1 Screenname2 Jan...

Page 568: ...CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus All On Enables all CFWD states for the current account in focus 4 Press the CHANGE key for the state you selected in step 3 Sc...

Page 569: ...ess CHANGE 8 Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus When the phone is in the state you specified and a call comes into the phone it forwards the call to the number you specify 9 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action CFWD Number Screen 2 Cfwd Number Done Change Cfwd Number Cancel __ Set Change 1 Cfwd All 1 Cfwd State Done On Change Use to view ...

Page 570: ...all forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call if there is no answer 12 Press SET to save the change 13 Press DONE to save CFWD All Number CFWD All State CFWD Busy Number CFWD Busy State CFWD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen...

Page 571: ...ures 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 5 265 Configuring Operational Features 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All changes are saved to the phone Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 572: ... above example Screenname1 Screenname2 and Screenname3 are three accounts configured on the phone All three accounts have CFWD enabled as indicated by the CFWD All message Note In Phone mode when you change the call forward configuration for an account the change applies to all accounts Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Screenname1 CFWD All Jan 1 12 96 1 Screenname2 Jan 1 12 96 2 Screenname3 Jan 1 12...

Page 573: ...ccount has CFWD All and CFWD NoAns enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 The CFWD Busy setting is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Indicates Indicates CFWD ALL CFWD NoAns Indicates no CFWD phone number configured for Cfwd Mode Done 1 All Change Cfwd Mode Done 2 Busy Change Cfwd Mode Done 3 NoAns Change Cfwd Mode Done 4 All Off ...

Page 574: ...d number if the call has not been answered for the specified number of rings Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Disables all CFWD states for the phone All On Enables all CFWD states for the phone Note In Phone m...

Page 575: ...e the change 7 In the CFWD State screen press the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the CFWD Number screen and press CHANGE 8 Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus When the phone is in the state you specified and a call comes into the phone it forwards the call to the number you specify 9 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action CFWD Number Screen 2 Cfwd Number D...

Page 576: ... call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call 12 Press SET to save the change 13 Press DONE to save CFWD All Number CFWD All State CFWD Busy Number CFWD Busy State CFWD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen displays A...

Page 577: ...0 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 5 271 Configuring Operational Features 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All the same changes are saved to all accounts on the phone Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 578: ...reenname1 has one or more CFWD states enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 Screenname2 has one or more CFWD states disabled as indicated by an X Screenname3 has one or more CFWD states configured but a specific state has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a Items 4 and 5 allow you to disable or enable CFWD on all accounts respectively Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Screenname...

Page 579: ...account has CFWD All and CFWD NoAns enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 The CFWD Busy setting is enabled for the account but has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Indicates Indicates CFWD All CFWD NoAns Indicates no CFWD phone number configured for Cfwd Mode Done 1 All Change Cfwd Mode Done 2 Busy Change Cfwd Mode Done 3 NoAns Change Cfwd Mo...

Page 580: ...NoAns for an account and forwards incoming calls to a specified number if the call has not been answered for a specified number of rings The phone number can be different between accounts Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if requi...

Page 581: ...e the change 7 In the CFWD State screen press the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the CFWD Number screen and press CHANGE 8 Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus When the phone is in the state you specified and a call comes into the phone it forwards the call to the number you specify 9 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action CFWD Number Screen 2 Cfwd Number D...

Page 582: ...ply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call 12 Press SET to save the change Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action CFWD No Rings Screen 2 Cfwd Number Done Change 1 Cfwd NoAns 1 Cf...

Page 583: ...Busy Number CFWD Busy State CFWD No Answer Number CFWD No Answer State CFWD No Answer Rings Each time you press DONE the following Apply Changes screen displays 14 Press to confirm the change s each time the Apply Changes screen displays All changes are saved to the phone for all accounts Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Apply Changes 0 Cancel Confirm ...

Page 584: ...plays for the account you selected Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a and CFWD NoAns is disabled as indicated by an X Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L1 Call Fwd Screenname1 CFWD All Tues Jan1 10 00am Servi...

Page 585: ...FWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD states for the current account in focus All On Key Enables all CFWD states for the current account in focus CopytoAll Key Copies the call forward phone number and state of the ...

Page 586: ...one Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State On Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212__ ...

Page 587: ... the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call forward mode to every account on the phone Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode 7 Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 t...

Page 588: ...and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 CFWD Busy is enabled but no call forward phone number is configured as indicated by a and CFWD No Answer is disabled as indicated by an X Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Callers L1 Call Fwd Screenname1 CFWD All Tues Jan1 10 00am Services Dir Cal...

Page 589: ...wered for the specified number of rings Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD modes All On Key Disables all CFWD modes CopytoAll Key Copies the call forward phone number and state of the Call ...

Page 590: ...tate ON and OFF by pressing the CHANGE key Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Mode NoAns Cancel Done State On Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Call Forward Mode NoAns Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Change Call Forward Mode NoAns Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212__ No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Backspace Call Forward Mo...

Page 591: ...DOWN arrow key to scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone receives an incoming call and call forward is configured on the phone the phone rings the number of times you specify in the No Rings screen and then forwards the call 8 Press DONE in the CFWD...

Page 592: ...row keys to scroll through each account In the above example Screenname1 has one or more CFWD states enabled as indicated by a checkmark 3 Screenname 2 has one or more CFWD states enabled but a specific state has no call forward phone number configured as indicated by a and Screenname3 has one or more CFWD states disabled as indicated by an X Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Tues Jan1 10 00am Servic...

Page 593: ...3 Cancel Key Cancels any configuration you may have made without saving To cancel a configuration you must press this CANCEL key before pressing the DONE key 4 After selecting an account press CHANGE The Call Forward Mode screen displays for the account you selected Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll through each state type In the above example CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a checkmark...

Page 594: ...swered for a specified number of rings The phone number can be different between accounts Note If CFWD All AND CFWD Busy AND CFWD NoAns are all enabled and or if the account has DND enabled the CFWD All settings take precedence over CFWD Busy and CFWD NoAns You can also use the following keys if required All Off Key Disables all CFWD states for the selected account All On Key Enables all CFWD stat...

Page 595: ...count will have the same settings for that call forward mode Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State On Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212 No Rings 1 Services Dir Callers Change Change Call Forward Mode NoAns AllAccts Cancel Done State Off Number 5551212__ No Rings 1 S...

Page 596: ...ttings in the current Call Forward Settings screen for a specific call forward mode to every account on the phone Every account will have the same settings for that call forward mode 9 Use the DOWN arrow key to scroll to the No Rings field Press the CHANGE key to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call forwarding incoming calls Valid values are 1 to 20 Default is 1 When the phone...

Page 597: ...on Roger x 464 4 Tim s phone displays name and extension of where the call is being diverted to and reason for diverting the call The screen scrolls between Screen 1 and Screen 2 5 Roger s phone accepts the call and displays the name and number of the phone the incoming call Tim and the name or number of the original destination Mark The screens scroll between Screen 1 and Screen 2 Roger 464 1 2 X...

Page 598: ...extension are not recognized or supported by the phone However they are still passed along during the diversion process Note If proxy servers exist in the network it is possible that multiple diversions can take place on the phones When multiple diversion headers are returned in a single 302 response back to the originating phone the phone that originated the call i e Tim s phone in above example ...

Page 599: ...ncoming call Behavior of the Phone When this feature is enabled the phone behaves as follows IF THEN A value exists for the Display Name field in the TO header of the INVITE message for incoming calls the phone displays the call destination name Display Name field is empty the phone uses the name specified for the Screen name 1 parameter Screen name 1 parameter is empty the phone uses the name spe...

Page 600: ...he following example shows the behavior when call destination is also enabled Incoming Phone UI on 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones Call Destination Enabled on the Phone Incoming Phone UI on 3 Line LCD Phones Bob 0409123456 1 2 To Alice One L1 Answer Ignore 3456 Alice Bob 0409123456 L1 To Alice One Answer Ignore 3456 Alice L1 Answer Ignore 3456 Alice Bob 0409123456 L1 To Alice One Answer Ignore 3456 Alice...

Page 601: ...ng the screen length is truncated by the phone The CT cordless handsets do not support this feature Page scrolling every 3 seconds is hard coded and not configurable Note As shown above when both call diversion and call destination are enabled the formation displays to the phone s screens in the following order Screen 1 Caller info Screen 2 Call destination Screen 3 Call diversion Configuration Fi...

Page 602: ...y the phone The following illustrations show the default location of the Callers List Key on each type of phone model 9480i 9480i CT Callers List Key 9143i Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Options Save Delete Directory Mute ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 9480i Conf Services Xfer Icom ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 Goodbye Options Hold Redial L1 L2 L3 L4 Callers List...

Page 603: ... List key is ignored when pressed When enabled you can view scroll and delete line items in the Callers List from the IP phone UI You can also directly dial from a displayed line item in the Callers List You can download the Callers List to your PC for viewing using the Aastra Web UI When you download the Callers List the phone stores the callerlist csv file to your computer in comma separated val...

Page 604: ... 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide You can use any spreadsheet application to open the file for viewing The following is an example of a Callers List in a spreadsheet application The file displays the name phone number and the line that the call came in on ...

Page 605: ...e user Use the following procedures to enable disable the Callers List on the IP phones Using the Callers List Use the following procedure to access and use the Callers List Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for enabling disabling the Callers List see Appendix A the section Callers List Settings on page A 146 IP Phone UI Step Action 1 On all phones ...

Page 606: ...ete key 4 To cancel a delete function press the r or the s Scroll keys 5 To save a line item to a programmable key for speeddialing press the 3 Save key and enter the line number at the Save to prompt that is already configured for speeddialing at a programmable key 6 To dial a displayed entry from the Callers List pick up the handset press the d f handsfree key or press a line key 7 To exit the C...

Page 607: ...allers List using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Directory 2 In the Callers List field click on A File Download message displays 3 Click 4 Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Callers List and click The callerslist csv file downloads to your computer 5 Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Callers List ...

Page 608: ...allers list script Specifying URIs for these parameters cause the creation of an XML custom application instead of the standard function of the Callers List and Services keys An Administrator can configure these parameters using the configuration files only Creating Customizable Callers List and Services Keys Use the following procedure to create customized Callers List and Services keys on the IP...

Page 609: ...the list Once the user accesses the Callers List the number New Calls on the idle screen is cleared Enabling Disabling Missed Calls Indicator You can enable turn on and disable turn off the Missed Calls Indicator on the IP phones using the following parameter in the configuration files missed calls indicator disabled Valid values for this parameter are 0 enabled and 1 disabled If this parameter is...

Page 610: ...1 Press the Callers List key on the phone to enter the Callers List 2 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in the Callers List to find the line items that have the b icon with the receiver ON These are the missed calls to the phone 3 To clear the line item from the Callers List select the line item you want to clear and press the 3 Clear or Delete key depending on your phone model Note...

Page 611: ...al directly from the directory entry The following illustrations show the default location of the Directory Key on each type of phone model 9480i 9480i CT Directory Key 9143i Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Options Save Delete Directory Mute ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 9480i Conf Services Xfer Icom ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 3 6 2 5 7 9 8 0 Goodbye Options Hold Redial L1 L2...

Page 612: ...perational Features 5 306 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide 6753i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT Directory Key Options Key 6751i Directory is an option under Services Menu Directory Key ...

Page 613: ...ons for Directory List You can perform the following pertaining to the Directory List You can enable and disable access to the Directory List using the configuration files When disabled the Directory List does not display on the IP phone UI and the Directory List softkey is ignored when pressed This is an administrator function only If the Directory List is enabled you can view add change and dele...

Page 614: ...ing the following parameter in the configuration files directory disabled Valid values for this parameter are 0 enabled and 1 disabled If this parameter is set to 0 the Directory List can be accessed by all users If this parameter is set to 1 the Directory List does not display on the IP phone and the Directory key is disabled On 3 Line LCD phones the Directory option is also removed from the Serv...

Page 615: ...ribute public or private is not present the entry is assigned to Private The following directory entries are considered valid our company s directory updated 1 jan 2012 mode private by default joe foo bar 123456789 6 line 1 by default mode private by default snidley whiplash 000111222 the parser ignores the COMMA in the name mode private by default manny jr 093666888 9 the parser ignores the POUND...

Page 616: ...e not already in the phone s NVRAM are added to the NVRAM and flagged as being owned by the server Likewise any entries in the NVRAM that are owned by the server but are no longer in one of the server s directory files are removed from the NVRAM Entries made from the IP phone UI are never touched Directory List Limitations The following table indicates the maximum characters for each line and fiel...

Page 617: ...entering the Directory List if no key is pressed within 3 seconds the phone prompts you to press the first letter in the name of the required directory entry The phone finds and displays the first name with this letter 2 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in the Directory List To dial from an entry in the Directory List 3 At a line item in the Directory List pick up the handset press...

Page 618: ...nction To delete an entry from the Directory List 6 a At a line item in the Directory List press DELETE The following prompt displays DELETE again to erase this item b Press DELETE again to delete the entry from the Directory List Note To cancel a delete function press the r or the s scroll keys To delete all entries from the Directory List 7 a At the Directory List header press DELETE or DELETE L...

Page 619: ...s Guide 9 To exit the Directory List press the DIRECTORY key again the GOODBYE key or the QUIT key depending on your specific phone model From the CT handsets 10 a Press the Public Private softkeys to toggle between making the new entry public or private Note The entry is set to Private by default If the entry is made Public the entry is sent to the handsets A 6757i CT accepts a maximum of 50 entr...

Page 620: ...edure to configure the download Downloading from the IP Phone to the Server You can use the Aastra Web UI to download the Directory List from the IP phone to the configuration server Note You must use TFTP to download the Directory List Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for downloading the Directory List see Appendix A the section Directory Settings...

Page 621: ...oad Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Directory 2 In the Directory List field click on A File Download message displays 3 Click 4 Enter the location on your computer where you want to download the Directory List and click The directorylist csv file downloads to your computer 5 Use a spreadsheet application to open and view the Directory List ...

Page 622: ...oicemails for an account even if the number of voicemails exceeds the limit Registered account numbers URIs that exceed the length of the screen either with or without the voicemail icon and the message count are truncated with an ellipse character at the end of the number URI string The end of the Voicemail list displays the number of new voicemail messages if any exist Configuring Voicemail not ...

Page 623: ...mail numbers associated with each of the 9 lines on the phone For example sip line1 vmail 97 sip line2 vmail 95 Use the following procedure to configure voicemail using the configuration files Note In the above example the user would dial 97 to access the voicemail account for line 1 and 95 to access the voicemail account for line 2 Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the co...

Page 624: ...2 From the Services menu select Voicemail 3 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in the Voicemail List 4 When you have selected a line item press the d f handsfree key 4 Scroll Right key or press a line softkey to make an outgoing call using the voicemail access phone number associated with the line for which the voicemail account is registered From a selected item in the Voicemail lis...

Page 625: ...d display These services include things like weather and traffic reports contact information company info stock quotes or custom call scripts The IP phone XML application supports the following proprietary objects that allow for the customization of the IP phone s display XML Object Description AastraIPPhoneTextMenu for Menu screens Creates a numerical list of menu items on the IP phones AastraIPP...

Page 626: ...cute for executing XML commands Allows the phone to execute commands i e reset NoOp etc using XML AastraIPPhoneConfiguration for pushing a configuration to the phone Allows the server to push a configuration to the phone See page 5 324 for more information AastraIPPhoneImageScreen Standard Bitmap Image Creates a display with a single bitmap image according to alignment height and width specificati...

Page 627: ...is value is case sensitive xml status scroll delay config files Status Scroll Delay seconds Web UI Allows you to set the time delay in seconds between the scrolling of each status message on the phone Use with Configuration files See page 5 324 Aastra Web UI See page 5 324 1 to 25 Default 5 Timeout Specifies a timeout value for the LCD screen display Use with XML object See Appendix F 0 30 45 60 D...

Page 628: ...en other events occur such as pressing buttons on the keypad Use with XML object See Appendix F yes no Default no CancelAction Specifies a URI that the phone executes a GET on when the user presses the default CANCEL key Use with XML object See Appendix F Fully qualified URI For example cancelAction http 10 50 10 117 ft xml Attribute Option Description Usage Valid Values ...

Page 629: ...eStatus object If you disable the beep or no AastraIPPhoneStatus object appears in the status message then the default behavior is no beep is heard when the object arrives to the phone The value set in the configuration files and Aastra Web UI override the attribute you specify for the AastraIPPhoneStatus object For example if the AastraIPPhoneStatus object has the attribute of Beep yes and you un...

Page 630: ...at allows you to make configuration changes to the phone that take affect immediately without having to reboot the phone This feature involves creating XML scripts that push the changed configuration parameter s from the server to the IP phones You can use the AastraIPPhoneConfiguration object in the XML scripts to change configuration parameters or configure new parameters However since the IP ph...

Page 631: ...g parameters for object requests xml application URI xml application title The xml application URI is the application you are loading into the IP phone The xml application title is the name of the XML application that displays on the Services menu in the IP Phone UI as option 4 XML Get Timeout The IP phone has a parameter called xml get timeout that allows you to specify a timeout value in seconds...

Page 632: ...ingly and displays the information to the screen Example Configuration of XML Application The following example shows the parameters you enter in the configuration files to configure an XML application xml application URI http 172 16 96 63 aastra internet php xml application title Aastra Telecom xml application post list 10 50 10 53 dhcp10 53 ana aastra com Configuring for XML on the IP Phone Afte...

Page 633: ...ist box 4 In the Label field enter a label that displays on the IP phone for the softkey For example XML 5 In the Value field enter the IP address or qualified domain name of the XML application 6 In the XML Application URI field enter the HTTP server path or qualified domain name of the XML application you want to load to the IP phone For example you could enter an XML application called http 172...

Page 634: ...ly When the XML application is pushed to the phone via an HTTP POST a host IP address or domain name server is required 9 Click on Advanced Settings Configuration Server 10 In the XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses field enter the host IP address and or domain name server You can enter multiple IP address and or domain name servers separated by commas In the example in Step 8 the illustrat...

Page 635: ... 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to 6751i select an available key 3 In the Hard Key field select XML from the list box 4 In the Value field enter the IP address or qualified domain name of the XML application 5 Click to save your changes The XML application is applied to the IP phone immediately When the XML application is pushed to the phone via an HTTP POST a host IP address or domain name serv...

Page 636: ...pproved IP Addresses field enter the host IP address and or domain name server You can enter multiple IP address and or domain name servers separated by commas In the example in Step 6 the illustration shows a host IP address of 10 50 10 53 10 50 10 54 in the applicable field 8 Click to save your changes Note No posting is performed if a session times out Aastra Web UI ...

Page 637: ...t regarding the Aastra XML Development Guide Use the following procedure to use the XML feature on the IP phone IP Phone UI Step Action For 8 and 11 Line LCD phones 1 Press the Services key on the phone to display the Services menu 2 Select Custom Features 3 Use the r and s to scroll through the line items in a menu driven and directory Custom Features screen Message services display to the screen...

Page 638: ...e phone for XML services A Custom Features screen displays 2 Use the r and s to scroll through the customized features 3 Select a service to display the information for that customized service Message services display to the screen after pressing the programmable key For user input services follow the prompts as appropriate 4 To exit from the Custom Features screen press the XML programmable key a...

Page 639: ...nt occurs Successful Registration Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when a successful registration event occurs Registration Event Specifies the URI for when registration events occur or when there are registration state changes Note This action URI is not called when the same event is repeated for example a timeout occurs again when registration is already in a timeout state...

Page 640: ...i poll interval seconds For more information see Polling Action URIs on page 5 342 Poll Interval Specifies the interval in seconds between calls from the phone to the action uri poll For more information see Polling Action URIs on page 5 342 Note For more information about the XML execute items see Appendix F Creating and Managing XML Applications Configuration File Parameters Aastra Web UI Parame...

Page 641: ...ri offhook Offhook LINESTATE LOCALIP action uri onhook Onhook LOCALIP CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION LINESTATE action uri disconnected Disconnected LINESTATE LOCALIP For more information see Action URI Disconnected on page 344 action uri xml sip notify XML SIP Notify LOCALIP For more information see XML SIP Notify Events on page 5 347 action uri poll Poll For more information see Polling Action URIs o...

Page 642: ...ing caller outgoing caller offhook onhook disconnected LOCALIP Note This variable allows for enhanced information in call records and billing applications IP Address associated with registered phone onhook REMOTENUMBER Remote number associated with incoming caller outgoing caller DISPLAYNAME Display name associated with incoming caller SIPUSERNAME Username associated with registered phone incoming...

Page 643: ...ng string for the action uri outgoing parameter action uri outgoing http 10 50 10 140 outgoing pl number REMOTENUMBER and you dial out the number 5551212 the phone executes a GET on http 10 50 10 140 outgoing pl number 5551212 CALLDIRECTION Note This variable allows for enhanced information in call records and billing applications Specifies whether the current last call was incoming or outgoing Th...

Page 644: ...n URIs Use the following procedures to configure XML Action URIs using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Note If the phone can t find the Action URI you specify it returns a NULL response For example http 10 50 10 140 outgoing pl number Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Action URI Settings on page A 157 ...

Page 645: ...rs 3 Enter an XML URI for a successful registration in the Successful Registration field For example http 10 50 10 14 registered php auth name SIPAUTHNAME This parameter specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when a successful registration event occurs Note For a successful registration event use the associated variables indicated in the table Action URIs and Associated Variables ...

Page 646: ...e executes a GET on when an incoming call event occurs Note For an incoming call event use the associated variables indicated in the table Action URIs and Associated Variables on page 5 334 6 Enter an XML URI for an outgoing call event in the Outgoing Call field For example http 10 50 10 140 outgoing php number REMOTENUMBER This parameter specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on whe...

Page 647: ...s Note For an onhook event use the associated variables indicated in the table Action URIs and Associated Variables on page 5 334 9 To configure a Disconnected event see the section Action URI Disconnected on page 5 344 10 To configure an XML SIP Notify event see the section XML SIP Notify Events on page 5 347 11 Optional You can poll a URI at specific intervals on the phones For more information ...

Page 648: ...rvals An Administrator can specify the URI to be called and specify the interval between polls using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration of this feature is dynamic no reboot required Configuring Polling Action URI via the Configuration Files Use the following parameters to configure the polling Action URI on the IP Phones action uri poll action uri poll interval Configuratio...

Page 649: ... URI using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Action URI 2 In the Poll field enter a URI to be called every action uri pool interval seconds Enter the value in a URI format For example http myserver com myappli xml 3 In the Interval field enter the interval in seconds between calls from the phone to the action uri poll The value of 0 is disabled 4 Click to save your chang...

Page 650: ... executes a GET on the URI The following table lists the applicable values for the LINESTATE variable The Action URI Disconnect feature allows an Administrator to determine the reason for the disconnect if required Note The LINESTATE variable is optional and not required when enabling the action uri disconnected parameter LINESTATE Value Description Meaning in a Disconnected URI IDLE Phone is idle...

Page 651: ...nected xml state CONNECTED which is what the remote server receives An Administrator can enable the disconnect feature using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring the Action URI Disconnected Feature Use the following procedure to configure the Action URI Disconnected feature on the phone Note If the phone can t find the Action URI you specify it returns a NULL response For examp...

Page 652: ...le http fargo ana aastra com disconnected xml state LINESTATE The following table lists the applicable values and descriptions for the LINESTATE 3 Click to save your settings LINESTATE Value Description Meaning in a Disconnected URI IDLE Phone is idle N A DIALING Phone is offhook and ready to dial N A CALLING A SIP INVITE was sent but no response was received Error occurred during the call OUTGOIN...

Page 653: ... When the phone receives the SIP NOTIFY the XML content is processed as any XML object In the above example the phone calls http 10 30 100 39 XMLtests SampleTextScreen xml after reception of the SIP NOTIFY Example of a SIP NOTIFY with XML Content NOTIFY sip 200 10 30 100 103 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 30 100 103 5060 branch z9hG4bK7bbc1fac rport From sip 201 10 30 100 103 5060 tag 81be2861f3 ...

Page 654: ...the phone Web UI Also to ensure that the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist the phone rejects the message Example of a SIP NOTIFY without XML Content NOTIFY sip 200 10 30 100 103 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 ...

Page 655: ...t the following parameter in the configuration files sip xml notify event If the content is missing in the SIP NOTIFY message received by the phone the phone automatically uses the value you specify for the following parameter action uri xml sip notify Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Polling Action URI Settings on pag...

Page 656: ...IP NOTIFY Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to enable disable the XML SIP NOTIFY feature in the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Enabling Disabling the XML SIP NOTIFY Feature 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings XML SIP Notify Parameter Enabling Whitelist Proxy is recommended ...

Page 657: ...s the phone to accept or reject an aastra xml SIP NOTIFY message Note To ensure the SIP NOTIFY is coming from a trusted source it is recommended that you enable the Whitelist feature Whitelist Proxy parameter on the IP phone If enabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist i e untrusted server the phone rejects the message 3 Click to save your changes Aastr...

Page 658: ...I 1 If the content is missing in the SIP NOTIFY message received by the phone the phone automatically uses the value you specify for the Action URI XML SIP Notify parameter at the path Advanced Settings Action URI Click on Advanced Settings Action URI 2 Specify a URI to be called when an empty XML SIP NOTIFY is received by the phone For example http myserver com myappli xml Note The sip xml notify...

Page 659: ...YURL LINESTATE LOCALIP REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME INCOMINGNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION When the softkey is pressed if the phone finds a URI configured with variables in the form VARIABLENAME they are replaced with the value of the appropriate variable After all of the variables are bound the softkey executes a GET on the URI Example For example if the administrator specifies an XML so...

Page 660: ... files or the Aastra Web UI Configuring XML Softkey URIs Use the following procedures to configure XML Softkey URIs using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Softkey Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters on page A 217 ...

Page 661: ...l Features Aastra Web UI For 8 and 11 Line LCD phones 1 Click on Operation Softkeys and XML 2 Select a key from keys 1 through 20 3 In the Type field select XML from the list box 4 In the Label field enter a label that displays on the IP phone for the XML softkey For example aastra ...

Page 662: ...he phone performs a GET on when the key is pressed For example http 10 50 10 140 script pl name SIPUSERNAME Note You can use the following variables in the URI SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME INCOMINGNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 663: ...licable to 6751i 1 Click on Operation Programmable Keys 6753i Screen 2 On 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to 6751i select an available key 3 In the Type field select XML from the list box 4 On 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to 6751i in the Label field enter a label that displays on the IP phone for the XML softkey For example aastra ...

Page 664: ...he phone performs a GET on when the key is pressed For example http 10 50 10 140 script pl name SIPUSERNAME Note You can use the following variables in the URI SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME INCOMINGNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI ...

Page 665: ...following table identifies the phone states that apply to each key redirection The following URI configuration parameters control the redirection of the keys and the voicemail option redial script xfer script conf script icom script voicemail script An Administrator can configure the XML key redirection URI parameters using the configuration files only Hard Keys Options Redirects in Conference Con...

Page 666: ...hone side Options Menu The following URI configuration parameter controls the redirection of the Options Key options script IMPORTANT NOTES If no Options URI script is configured the local Options Menu on the phone displays as normal If you configure password access to the Options Menu this password is required when accessing the local Option Menu but is not required for the Options Key redirectio...

Page 667: ... configure the XML Options Key or Services Key on the 6751i redirection URI parameter using the configuration files only Configuring XML Redirection of the Options Key Services Key on the 6751i Use the following procedure to configure XML redirection of the Options key Services key on 6751i Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the sec...

Page 668: ...ermines whether or not the phone is prevented from entering the off hook dialing state if the handset is off hook and the call ends An Administrator can enable allow phone to enter the off hook dialing state or disable prevent the phone from entering the off hook dialing state using the auto offhook parameter in the configuration files only Configuring the Off Hook Interaction Feature Use the foll...

Page 669: ... any softkey pressed by the user that initiates a Get Request continues to get sent To allow the overriding of the locked phone for XML applications the System Administrator must enter the following parameter in the configuration files xml lock override Configuring XML Override for a Locked Phone using the Configuration Files Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the config...

Page 670: ...o mode The default setting for these parameters is 0 zero The following table describes each parameter Note Aastra Telecom recommends you leave the default of 0 zero as the settings for these parameters Parameter Description Headset tx gain The increased db or decreased db amount of signal transmitted from the headset microphone to t he far end party Headset sidetone gain The increased db or decre...

Page 671: ...tched between the two modes by pressing the d fkey When on speaker you can return to using the handset by placing the handset on the cradle and picking it up again 1 Headset Calls can be made or received using the headset Calls can be switched between the headset and handset by pressing the d fkey 2 Speaker Headset Incoming calls are sent to the speakerphone By pressing the d fkey you can switch b...

Page 672: ... and 2020 Line 2 conference together extensions 2005 2011 and 2021 When an IP phone user is connected to multiple conference calls some outbound proxies have maximum call hold time set from 30 90 seconds After this time the call that is on hold is disconnected Disconnect from an active conference call while allowing the other callers to remain connected Ability to create N way conference Join two ...

Page 673: ...uring Centralized Conferencing Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure centralized conferencing in the configuration files Global Parameter sip centralized conf Per Line Parameter sip lineN centralized conf Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Centralized Conferencing Settings on page A 100...

Page 674: ...e SIP centralized conferencing on the IP phone do one of the following actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf or Conference you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy serve...

Page 675: ...P centralized conferencing on this line do one of the following actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf or Conference you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port To reach the media server using a dif...

Page 676: ...n it is answered Initiates an onhook action uri at call termination Creates a caller list entry This feature is disabled by default You can enable the SIP Join feature by setting the sip join support parameter in the configuration files Limitations of the SIP Join Feature The following are limitations of the SIP Join feature Not applicable to a conference call already in progress Not applicable to...

Page 677: ...tations The following are limitations of this feature The phone MUST have a Xfer key configured on the phone programmable key or softkey Asterisk SLA does not support this feature A xfer script can override this feature if a custom application is created and control is given to the server side The Caller ID of the dropped Host still displays on the remaining parties phones Configuration Files For ...

Page 678: ...e Line where Call B is on hold 3 Press Xfer key Call A is transferred to Call B Reference For more information about using the Xfer key to transfer two existing calls see the IP Phone Model specific User Guide Limitations The following are limitations of this feature If a user presses the Xfer key but dosen t continue to transfer the call by pressing a Line key there is no indication on the phone ...

Page 679: ...I screen Valid values are 0 disabled or 1 enabled Default is 0 disabled If the http digest force login parameter is set to 1 enabled after the phone boots the LOG IN softkey displays on the phone s LCD If the user presses this softkey a username password screen displays allowing the user to enter the configured username and password that is sent to the HTTP HTTPS server for digest authentication b...

Page 680: ...l 1 Factory default the phone 2 Configure the HTTP or HTTPS server specify the HTTP or HTTPS server path and port 3 Restart the phone The first time the phone reboots the phone is challenged by the server The phone sends the default username of aastra and the default password of aastra to the server The server sends the default profile to the phone This profile includes the information http digest...

Page 681: ...attempts to authenticate with the server If successful the phone reboots and loads the user configuration If unsuccessful the phone displays Authentication Failed Note On the 8 and 11 Line LCD phones you use the Log In softkey to log in On 3 Line LCD phones you press the right arrow key to log in Note The Username and Password fields accept special characters such as _ etc You can also specify dom...

Page 682: ...column format The function keys on the bottom left of the Module allow you to display 3 full screens of softkeys Each screen consists of 2 columns with the following default headings on each page Page 1 List 1 and List 2 Page 2 List 3 and List 4 Page 3 List 5 and List 6 List 1 List 2 BLF 200 Home speeddial Lock Unlock Softkeys Function Keys Press for page 1 Press for page 2 Press for page 3 Page 1...

Page 683: ...dings on each M675i Expansion Module screen using the configuration files You use the following parameters to customize the column headings Expansion Module 1 3 pages expmod1page1left expmod1page1right expmod1page2left expmod1page2right expmod1page3left expmod1page3right Expansion Module 2 3 pages expmod2page1left expmod2page1right expmod2page2left expmod2page2right expmod2page3left expmod2page3ri...

Page 684: ...ht expmod3page2left expmod3page2right expmod3page3left expmod3page3right Example The following is an example of configuring Expansion Module 1 column headings expmod1page1left Personnel Ext expmod1page1right Operations Ext expmod1page2left Marketing Ext expmod1page2right Logistics Ext expmod1page3left Engineering Ext expmod1page3right Shipping Ext ...

Page 685: ...llustrations Customizing the M675i Expansion Module Column Display Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Customizing M675i Expansion Module Column Display on page A 257 Page 1 Screen Personnel Ext Operations Ext Marketing Ext Logistics Ext Engineering Ext Shipping Ext Page 2 Screen Page 3 Screen ...

Page 686: ...Operational Features 5 380 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Page 687: ...es procedures for configuring each feature Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Advanced Operational Features page 6 3 MAC Address Line Number in REGISTER Messages page 6 5 SIP Message Sequence for Blind Transfer page 6 7 Update Caller ID During a Call page 6 8 Boot Sequence Recovery Mode page 6 9 Auto discovery Using mDNS page 6 10 Single Call Restriction 6757i CT and 9480i ...

Page 688: ...age 6 42 GRUU and sip instance Support page 6 43 Multi Stage Digit Collection Billing Codes Support for Sylantro Servers page 6 44 Configurable DNS Queries page 6 47 Ignore Out of Sequence Errors page 6 49 Early Only Parameter in Replaces Header RFC3891 page 6 50 Reason Header Field in SIP Message page 6 50 Configurable Allow and Allow Event Optional Headers page 6 50 Configurable SIP P Asserted I...

Page 689: ...covery Using mDNS The IP phones automatically perform an auto discovery of all servers on a network using mDNS When the IP phone discovers a TFTP server it is automatically configured by that TFTP server Single Call Restriction 6757i CT and 9480i CT only Allows you to enable or disable a single call restriction between the 6757i CT base unit and a call server Missed Call Summary Subscription Allow...

Page 690: ...aders in the SIP stack Multi Stage Digit Collection Billing Codes Support for Sylantro Servers IP Phones support Sylantro Server features like mandatory and optional billing codes that require the application server to notify the phone to collect more digits before completing the call The IP phone is able to collect digits in two stages to support the billing code feature Configurable DNS Queries ...

Page 691: ...line number The MAC address is sent in uppercase hex numbers for example 00085D03C792 The line number is a number between 1 and 9 The following parameters allow you to enable disable the sending of MAC address and line number to the call server sip send mac sip send line These parameters are disabled by default The parameters are configurable via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Config...

Page 692: ... the Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Enable the Send Line Number in REGISTER Message field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 4 Click to save your settings Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 5 Select Operation Reset and click ...

Page 693: ...plete the transfer In the 1 4 and later releases the CANCEL is now sent before the REFER message The following parameter allows the system administrator to force the phone to use the Blind Transfer method available in software versions prior to 1 4 sip cancel after blind transfer This parameter is configurable via the configuration files only Configuring SIP Message Sequence for Blind Transfer Con...

Page 694: ...e displays the updated name and number information contained within the Contact header The following parameter allows the system administrator to enable or disable this feature sip update callerid This parameter is configurable via the configuration files only Configuring Update Caller ID During a Call Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files for enabli...

Page 695: ...s 0 false A boot counter increments after each faulty boot When the counter reaches a predetermined value it forces Web recovery mode The counter is reset to zero upon a successful boot The predetermined value is set using the following parameter in the configuration files max boot count A zero 0 value disables this feature The default value is 10 You can configure the boot sequence recovery mode ...

Page 696: ...ly configured by auto discovery or manually configured added to a network uses its predefined configuration to boot up Notes 1 Configuration parameters received via DHCP do not constitute configuration information with the exception of a TFTP server Therefore you can plug a phone into a DHCP environment still use the auto discovery process and still allow the use of the TFTP server parameter to se...

Page 697: ...ne call can be active at a time either from the base unit or from the handset When this feature is disabled and you make an active call on either the base unit or the handset any other attempt to make an active call is put on hold Also when this feature is disabled more than one call can negotiate complex audio codecs since only a single call is decoding audio at a time You can configure this feat...

Page 698: ...Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings 2 Enable the Two Call Support field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Click to save your settings Note The session prompts you to restart the IP phone to apply the configuration settings 4 Select Operation Reset and click ...

Page 699: ...u must configure voicemail on the phone that the call was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls phone B the server forwards the call to phone C With this feature phone B receives notification from the server that the call...

Page 700: ...y You use the following parameters to configure Missed Call Summary Subscription feature on a global basis Global Parameters sip missed call summary subscription sip missed call summary subscription period Use the following parameters to configure Missed Call Summary Subscription feature on a per line basis Per Line Parameter sip lineN missed call summary subscription Configuration Files For the s...

Page 701: ...rational Features Configuring Missed Call Summary Subscription using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to configure the Missed Call Summary Subscription feature using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Global Configuration 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings ...

Page 702: ... B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls sip missed call summary subscription parameter phone B receives notification from the server that the call was forwarded and the missed calls indicator is incremented on phone B Note You must configure voicemail on the phone that the call was initially directed to phone B in the above example 3 The Missed Call Summary ...

Page 703: ...nt configuration see Chapter 3 the section Account Configuration on page 3 37 If the key is custom configured a screen displays on the phone allowing the user to choose the account to apply DND or CFWD For information about CFWD and DND custom configuration see Chapter 3 the section Account Configuration on page 3 37 A solid Message Waiting Indicator MWI indicates if one line account has DND or CF...

Page 704: ...ays on the IP Phone UI for server side call forwarding For server side ACD when you press the ACD softkey the screen that displays is dependant on the state of the ACD subscription Possible state for ACD are Logged Out User has the option of logging in Logged In User has the option of logging out or making the phone unavailable Unavailable User has the option of logging out or making the phone ava...

Page 705: ...lineN as feature event subscription sip as feature event subscription period Note IMPORTANT If DND and CFWD are configured to use Account mode on the IP Phone pressing the DND and CFWD keys apply to the account in focus as described in Chapter 3 the section Account Configuration on page 3 37 If ACD is configured on the phone the ACD softkey applies to the line for which the key is configured The A...

Page 706: ...the following procedure to enable disable the server side as feature event on the IP Phone using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings LineN Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Advanced SIP Settings section enable the As Feature Event Subscription field by checking the check box Disable this field by unchecking the box 3 Click to save your changes ...

Page 707: ...anced SIP Settings 5 In the Advanced SIP Settings section in the As Feature Event Subscription Period field enter the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits after sending a SUBSCRIBE to receive a NOTIFY response from the server side Default is 3600 Valid values are 6 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI As Feature Event Subscription Period ...

Page 708: ...e blacklist If all servers are on the blacklist then the IP phone attempts to send the message to the first server on the list You can specify how long failed servers remain on the blacklist in the IP phone s configuration file or in the Aastra Web UI The default setting is 300 seconds If you set the duration to 0 seconds then you disable the blacklist feature Configuring Blacklist Duration Using ...

Page 709: ...UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Blacklist Duration field specify the length of time in seconds that a failed server remains on the server blacklist The IP phone avoids sending a SIP message to a failed server if another server is available for this amount of time Valid values are 0 to 9999999 Default is 300 seconds 5 minutes For example 600 Note The value ...

Page 710: ... phone accepts call requests from a trusted proxy server only The IP phone rejects any call requests from an untrusted proxy server Configuring Whitelist Proxy Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameter to configure the whitelist proxy feature using the configuration files sip whitelist Configuration Files For the specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for se...

Page 711: ...e Whitelist Proxy feature using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 The Whitelist Proxy field is disabled by default To enable this field check the box When this feature is enabled an IP phone accepts call requests from a trusted proxy server only The IP phone rejects any call requests from an untrusted proxy server 3 Click to save your c...

Page 712: ...e an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is exchanged TLS requires the use of the following security certificate files to perform TLS handshake Root and Intermediate Certificates Local Certificate Private Key Trusted Certificate When the phones use TLS to authenticate with the server each individual call must setup a new TLS connection This can take more time when placing each ...

Page 713: ...e accurate description of the caller identity extension phone number than is contained in the SIP message Notes 1 Persistent TLS requires the outbound proxy server and outbound proxy port parameters be configured in either the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings There can be only one persistent TLS connection created per phone The phone ...

Page 714: ...on contained in the PAI header If the call is not forwarded via a registered proxy server and therefore is not a Trusted Entity the IP phone UI does not display any trust information contained in the PAI header Configuring TLS Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameters to configure TLS in the configuration files sip transport protocol sips persistent tls sips root and intermedi...

Page 715: ...ertificate file names that you want the phone to use Use the following procedure to configure TLS using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings 2 In the Transport Protocol field select TLS or Persistent TLS Note If configuring Persistent TLS you must go to Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic Network Settings and configure the Outbound Proxy Serv...

Page 716: ...ted list must contain the CA root certificates for all the servers it is connecting to For example if the phone is connecting to server A which has a certificate signed by CA1 and server B which has a certificate signed by CA2 the phone must have CA1 root certificate and CS2 root certificate in its Trusted Certificate file Notes 1 If configuring TLS you must specify the files for Root and Intermed...

Page 717: ...er or endpoint identity This feature supports both the EAP MD5 and EAP TLS protocols If 802 1x on the phone is enabled the following screen displays during startup of the phone If the 802 1x failed to authenticate with the server the phone continues it s normal startup process using DHCP However the network port on the phone may or may not be disabled depending on the switch configuration Certific...

Page 718: ...ine connected to this port is authenticated For security reasons the IP phone has the option to disable the pass through port Multiple supplicants Using this mode the switch can support multiple clients connected to same port The switch distinguishes between the clients based on their MAC address Factory default and recovery mode deletes all certificates and private keys and sets the EAP type to d...

Page 719: ...rd pc port passthrough enabled For EAP TLS use eap type identity 802 1x root and intermediate certificates use 1 root and 0 or 1 intermediate certificates 802 1x local certificate use 1 local certificate 802 1x private key 1 private key that corresponds to local certificate 802 1x trusted certificates 0 or more trusted certificates a maximum of 2 Configuration Files For the specific parameters you...

Page 720: ... 1x Protocol on your phone using the IP Phone UI Note If configuring 802 1x using the IP Phone UI the certificates and private keys must already be configured and stored on the phone Use the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI to load certificates and private keys Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action 1 Press to enter the Options List 2 Select Administrator Menu and enter your Administrator password...

Page 721: ...ettings Ethernet VLAN 802 1x Settings On 3 Line LCDs Select Network Settings Ethernet VLAN 802 1x Settings 4 Select 802 1x Settings Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done Ethernet VLAN Settings 1 LAN Port Link 2 PC Port Link 3 VLAN Settings 4 802 1x Settings Select 3 Line LCDs 11 Line LCDs 10 Ethernet Next Enter 4 802 1x Settings Next Enter VLAN ...

Page 722: ...es or the Aastra Web UI to configure the certificates and private key for the phone 7 Press Done on 8 and 11 Line LCD phones or Press Set on 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to the 6751i 8 To configure MD5 select EAP MD5 Settings Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done 802 1x Settings 1 802 1x Mode 2 EAP MD5 Settings Select 2 EAP MD5 Settings Yes Next Enter 1 802 1x Mode Next Enter Done 802 1x Mode Di...

Page 723: ...s Done 8 and 11 Line LCD phones or Press Set 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to 6751i Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done EAP MD5 Setting 1 Identity 2 MD5 Password Select 1 EAP MD5 Settings Next Enter 1 Identity Next Enter 2 MD5 Password Next Enter User Name Cancel Set Password Cancel Set Done Username Username Backspace ABC Cancel Nextspace 1 EAP MD5 Settings Next Enter 1 Identity Next Enter 2 M...

Page 724: ...entering the password then press Done 8 and 11 Line LCD phones or Press Set 3 Line LCD phones not applicable to 6751i 14 Press the key to save your settings and exit from the IP Phone UI Aastra IP Phone UI Step Action Done Password Password Backspace ABC Cancel Nextspace 1 EAP MD5 Settings Next Enter 1 Identity Next Enter 2 MD5 Password Next Enter User Name Cancel Set Password Cancel Set ...

Page 725: ... the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings 802 1x Support To configure EAP MD5 2 In the EAP Type field select EAP MD5 Valid values are Disabled Default EAP MD5 and EAP TLS 3 In the Identify field enter an Identity for the IP phone for which you are configuring 802 1x For example phone1 4 In the MD5 Password field enter a password used for the MD5 authentication of the phone For ...

Page 726: ...te Certificates Filename field enter the filename that contains the root and intermediate certificates related to the local certificate For example root_Intermed_certifi pem 4 In the Local Certificate Filename field enter the filename that contains the local certificate For example localcertificate pem 5 In the Private Key Filename field enter the filename that contains the private key For example...

Page 727: ... the IP phone chooses a random source port for UDP messages The IP phone also chooses a random source port for UDP messages if you configure a backup proxy server registrar server or outbound proxy server An Administrator can configure symmetric UDP signaling using the configuration files only Configuring Symmetric UDP Signaling Using the Configuration Files You use the following parameter to enab...

Page 728: ...configuration files sip user agent Setting this parameter allows you to enable or disable the addition of the User Agent and Server SIP headers from the SIP stack You can configure this feature using the configuration files only Configuring UserAgent Server SIP Headers You use the following parameter to specify whether the UserAgent and Server SIP header is added to the SIP stack sip user agent Co...

Page 729: ...lt this feature is enabled You can enable or disable this support using the configuration files Limitations of the GRUU Feature The following are limitations of the GRUU feature on the phones GRUU Draft 15 is not compatible with versions prior to GRUU Draft 10 Phones do not support temporary or phone created GRUUs Enabling Disabling GRUU and sip instance Support Use the following procedure to enab...

Page 730: ...nter a 2 9 digit billing code Billing codes may not start with either 0 Operator or 9 external calls When using Sylantro Click to Call IP phone users select a billing code from a pull down menu When placing a call a secondary dial tone alerts IP phone users to enter the billing code The IP phone UI also displays a Enter Billing Code message If an IP phone user redials a number they do not have to ...

Page 731: ...that includes a mandatory billing code becomes phonenumber 23 billing code Optional billing codes The user dials an optional billing code by dialing 50 followed by the billing code digits When prompted for additional digits user enters the phone number For example suppose the IP phone user is using billing code 500 and dialing the external number 617 238 5000 The IP user then enters the number usi...

Page 732: ...eatures 6 46 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Numbers Not Requiring Billing Codes Billing codes are not required for the following two types of calls Emergency calls E911 Calls between extensions ...

Page 733: ...ponse from the proxy You can configure the phone to use any one of these methods by entering the applicable value in the configuration files Configuration File Value DNS Server Method Used Description 0 A only The phone sends A Host IP Address lookup for the IP address and uses the default port number of 5060 1 SRV A The phone sends SRV Service Location Record lookup to get the port number Most of...

Page 734: ...s using the following parameter in the configuration files sip dns query type Note On the phone side if you configure the phone with a Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN proxy and specified port the phone always sends A only lookups to find the Host IP Address of the proxy Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section DNS Query Setti...

Page 735: ...feature using the configuration files only Enabling Disabling Out of Order SIP Requests Use the following procedure to enable disable out of order SIP requests Note As the default Asterisk configuration does not fully track dialogs through a reboot it is recommended that this parameter be enabled when using the BLF feature with an Asterisk server If you do not enable this feature then rebooting th...

Page 736: ... call does not display in the Callers List Configurable Allow and Allow Event Optional Headers On the IP Phones an Administrator can enable or disable whether or not the optional Allow and Allow Events headers are included in the NOTIFY message from the phone SIP NOTIFY messages from the phone may contain optional headers called Allow and Allow events If the NOTIFY message contains these headers t...

Page 737: ...d users and verify that phone messages originate from a Trusted Identity Upon receiving a message from a caller in the Trusted Network the IP phone reads the contents of the P Asserted Identity PAI header field and displays it on the phone UI The phones provide the ability for the Administrator to enable or disable the display of P Asserted Identity PAI information on the phone using the following...

Page 738: ...aders Enabling Disabling the Route Header in the SIP Packet Use the following procedure to enable disable the addition of the Route header in the SIP packet Note When enabled this will break all support for SIP routing so if some other device in the network attempts to add itself to the route it will fail Configuration Files For the specific parameter you can set in the configuration files see App...

Page 739: ...encryption on the IP phones and provides methods an administrator can use to store encrypted files to a server Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Encrypted Files on the IP Phone page 7 2 Configuration File Encryption Method page 7 2 Procedure to Encrypt Configuration Files page 7 4 Vendor Configuration File Encryption page 7 6 ...

Page 740: ...mmand line the System Administrator uses an Aastra supplied encryption tool called anacrypt exe to encrypt the MAC tuz file This tool processes the plain text mac cfg and aastra cfg files and creates triple DES encrypted versions called mac tuz and aastra tuz Encryption is performed using a secret password that is chosen by the administrator The encryption tool is also used to create an additional...

Page 741: ...the following Prevents users from using the MAC tuz file that does not match the user s phone MAC address Renders the MAC tuz file invalid if the user renames the file Works with IP phone releases prior to Release 2 2 Provides compatibility between the previous encryption routine and the new decryption routine Note If the use of encrypted configuration files is enabled via security tuz or pre prov...

Page 742: ...ord m i v h Note Incorrect password produces garbage For site specific keyfile security cfg the plaintext must match password Anacrypt Switch Description infile cfg d dir Specifies that all cfg files in dir should be encrypted p password Specifies password used to generate keys m Generate MAC tuz files that are phone specific This switch generates files that are only usable for phones with firmwar...

Page 743: ...0 and up C anacrypt i p 1234abcd For any firmware version C anacrypt i p 1234abcd v1 Example 2 Encrypting a single aastra cfg file with password 1234abcd C anacrypt aastra cfg p 1234abcd Example 3 Encrypting a mac cfg file with password 1234abcd C anacrypt 00085d000000 cfg p 1234abcd Example 4 Encrypting a mac cfg file with password 1234abcd using the new MAC encryption m is only supported for fir...

Page 744: ...ors can have specific methods to encrypt files on their configuration servers For each phone the configuration server can generate a random hex string encryption key that is used to encrypt the phone s MAC specific configuration file The encryption key is placed in a plain text MAC specific configuration file that the server downloads to the phone After the phone receives the file it updates the e...

Page 745: ...g Vendor Configuration File Encryption Use the following procedure to configure vendor configuration file encryption on the IP Phones Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for automatic update see Appendix A the section Configuration Encryption Setting on page A 271 ...

Page 746: ......

Page 747: ...on This chapter provides information about upgrading the IP phone firmware Topics This chapter covers the following topics Topic Page Upgrading the Firmware page 8 2 Using the Firmware Update Page in the Aastra Web UI page 8 2 Using the Restart Feature page 8 5 Using the Auto Resync Feature page 8 7 ...

Page 748: ...a Web UI to restart the phone The phone automatically looks for firmware updates and configuration files during the boot process Setting an Auto Resync feature to automatically update the firmware configuration files or both at a specific time in a 24 hour period Feature can be enabled using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Using the Firmware Update Page in the Aastra Web UI You can us...

Page 749: ... 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 8 3 Upgrading the Firmware Use the following procedure to manually update the firmware on your phone from the specified configuration server Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Firmware Update ...

Page 750: ...rotocol from the list to use for downloading the new firmware Valid values are TFTP FTP HTTP HTTPS 4 In the Server field enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the TFTP configuration server or the domain name of the FTP HTTP or HTTPS configuration servers dependant on the protocol you selected in step 3 For example 432 221 45 6 5 In the Path field enter the path location on the protocol ...

Page 751: ...ld is not applicable to the TFTP and FTP protocols 7 FTP only In the Username field enter the username that is used for authentication when the FTP server is accessed 8 FTP only In the Password field enter the password that is used for authentication when the FTP server is accessed 9 Click This starts the upgrade process If the upgrade is successful the following message displays on the screen Fir...

Page 752: ...ng the Aastra Web UI 2 Select Restart Phone 3 For 3 Line LCD Displays Press to confirm Note To cancel the Restart press the 3 key For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays Press Restart Note To cancel the Restart press Cancel Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the phone IP Phone UI Step Action ...

Page 753: ...he firmware only both the firmware and configuration files or disables automatic updates This parameter works with TFTP FTP HTTP and HTTPS servers auto resync time Sets the time of day in a 24 hour period for the IP phone to be automatically updated This parameter works with TFTP FTP HTTP and HTTPS servers auto resync max delay Specifies the maximum time in minutes the phone waits past the schedul...

Page 754: ... 18 Notes 1 If a user is accessing the Aastra Web UI they are not informed of an auto reboot 2 Any changes made using the Aastra Web UI or the IP phone UI are not overwritten by an auto resync update Auto resync affects the configuration files only However the settings in the Aastra Web UI take precedence over the IP phone UI and the configuration files 3 If the IP phone is in use not idle at the ...

Page 755: ...9 Upgrading the Firmware Enabling Auto Resync Using the Aastra Web UI Use the following procedure to enable auto resync for the phones in your network Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Advanced Settings Configuration Server Auto Resync Auto Sync Parameters ...

Page 756: ...uration files 3 The resync time is based on the local time of the IP phone 4 If the IP phone is in use not idle at the time of the resync check the reboot occurs when the phone becomes idle 3 In the Time 24 hour field select the time that you want the update to take place Valid values are 00 00 to 23 30 in 30 minute increments Notes 1 The resync time is based on the local time of the IP phone 2 Th...

Page 757: ...ev 02 Release 2 5 8 11 Upgrading the Firmware 7 Click on Operation Reset 8 In the Restart Phone field click to restart the IP phone and apply the update The update performs automatically at the time you designated Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 758: ......

Page 759: ...g topics Topic Page Troubleshooting page 9 3 Log Settings page 9 3 Module Debug Level Settings page 9 4 Support Information page 9 7 WatchDog Task Feature page 9 12 Error Messages Display page 9 15 Troubleshooting Solutions page 9 19 Why does my phone display Application missing page 9 19 Why does my phone display the No Service message page 9 20 Why does my phone display Bad Encrypted Config page...

Page 760: ...lease 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide How do I set the IP phone to factory default page 9 23 How do I erase the phone s local configuration page 9 24 How to reset a user s password page 9 25 How do I lock and unlock the phone page 9 27 Topic Page ...

Page 761: ...d stack status including Free Memory and Maximum Memory Block Size Aastra Technical Support can then use the information gathered to perform troubleshooting tasks Log Settings Using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI you can specify the location for which to save files for troubleshooting purposes In the configuration files you use the following parameters to configure log settings log s...

Page 762: ... allows enhanced severity filtering of log calls sent as blog output The blog as used on the IP phones is a an online debugging tool that can be frequently updated and intended for technical support analyzation Blogs are defined by their format a series of entries posted to a single page in reverse chronological order The IP Phone blogs are separated into modules which allow you to log specific in...

Page 763: ...eyboard module log module kbd NET Network module log module net PROVIS Provisioning module log module provis RTPT Realtime Transport module log module rtpt SND Sound module log module snd PROF Profiler module log module prof XML Extension Markup Lanaguage log module xml STUN Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol UDP through Network Address Translation NAT log module stun Debug Level Value Fat...

Page 764: ...is 48 log module net 48 log module snd 48 In the above example functions and general information are logged for the display drivers network and sound modules Example 3 log module rtpt 0 log module ind 65535 In the above example all debug levels are OFF for the Real Time Transport module All debug levels are ON for the indicator module You can set the Module Debug Levels using the configuration fil...

Page 765: ...sary In the Support Information section you can Get local cfg Get server cfg Show Task and Stack Status Aastra Technical Support uses this support information for troubleshooting the IP phone when required Using the Aastra Web UI and selecting Show Task and Stack Status displays the tasks and stack status on the IP phone This screen also displays the Free Memory and the Max Block Free Memory curre...

Page 766: ...orming Troubleshooting Tasks Use the following procedures to perform troubleshooting on the IP phone via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Configuration Files For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files see Appendix A the section Log Settings on page A 272 ...

Page 767: ... Settings Troubleshooting To set log settings 2 In the Log IP field enter the IP address of where you want log files to be stored 3 In the Log Port field enter the port number associated with the IP address specified in the Log IP field This port passes the information from the IP phone to the IP address location ...

Page 768: ...s OFF for a module The value of 65535 turns all debug levels ON for a module To turn two or more debug levels on at the same time you add the value associated with each level For example Fatal Errors Errors Warnings 1 2 4 7 log module linemgr 7 log module user interface 7 log module sip 7 In the above example fatal errors general errors and warnings are logged for the line manager user interface a...

Page 769: ...the local configuration file to the specified location click on in the Get local cfg field 13 To store the server configuration file to the specified location click on in the Get server cfg field 14 To display task and stack status information as well as Free Memory and Maximum Block Free Memory on the phone click on in the Show Task and Stack Status field Note The local and server configuration f...

Page 770: ...d When the phone detects a failure i e a crash it automatically reboots You can view a WatchDog crash file using the Aastra Web UI at the path Advanced Settings Troubleshooting You can enable disable the WatchDog task using the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Enabling Disabling WatchDog Use the following procedure to enable disable the WatchDog Configuration Files For specific parameters ...

Page 771: ...Web UI You can also view the Crash Log generated by the WatchDog task using the Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Enable Disable WatchDog Task 2 The WatchDog field is enabled by default To disable the WatchDog task click in the Enabled box to clear the check mark 3 Click to save your changes Enable Disable WatchDog View Crash Log ...

Page 772: ...4 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide View the Crash Log 4 To view a crash log in the Get a Crash Log field click the SAVE AS button You can open the file immediately or you can save the Crash Log to your PC Aastra Web UI ...

Page 773: ...evious error messages are discarded and if applicable new error messages display If there are no error messages during startup or after a reboot the message No Error Messages displays on the screen Error messages display in the language currently set on the phone The following table identifies the possible error messages that may display Possible Error Message Description Bad Certificate A Transpo...

Page 774: ...edure to view the error messages if any that generated during startup IP Phone UI 1 Press the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Phone Status 3 Select Error Messages 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones 3 Line LCD Phones Phone Status Done Select 1 IP MAC Addresses 2 LAN Port 3 PC Port 4 Firmware Info 5 Error Messages 5 Error Messages Enter ...

Page 775: ...he screen 5 When done viewing press Done or Exit to exit the Error Messages screen IP Phone UI Error Messages Done No Error Messages Error Messages error message 1 Fri Aug 4 1 55 pm error message 2 Fri Aug 4 1 57 pm error message 3 Fri Aug 4 2 00 pm Done error message 1 Fri Aug 4 2 00 pm Exit No Error Messages Exit Error Messages No Error Messages Error Messages No Error Messages 8 and 11 Line LCD...

Page 776: ...a Web UI Use the following procedure to view the error messages if any that generated during startup Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Error Messages 2 Scroll down to the Error Messages section to view the error messages that may have generated during startup or reboot of the IP Phone Error Messages ...

Page 777: ...so displays the following Recovery web client at IP Address The IP Address displayed is the IP address of the phone If the phone is unable to receive an IP from the DHCP server or has lost its record of its static IP the phone auto assigns itself the default IP 192 168 0 50 To recover the firmware for your phone in this circumstance please perform the following 1 Launch your web browser on your co...

Page 778: ...f the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service message does not display and the message waiting indicator MWI does not come on Check that the Registrar Server IP address in the Aastra Web UI at Advanced Settings Global SIP is correct Check the sip registrar ip parameter in the configuration files is corre...

Page 779: ...P address from the DHCP Server For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP server your DHCP server must support Option 66 Option 66 is responsible for forwarding the TFTP server IP address or domain name to the phone automatically If your DHCP server does not support Option 66 you must manually enter the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP s...

Page 780: ... UI Step Action 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Restart Phone 3 For 3 Line LCD Displays Press to confirm Note To cancel the Restart press the 3 key For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays Press Restart Note To cancel the Restart press Cancel Aastra Web UI 1 Click on Operation Reset Phone 2 Click to restart the phone ...

Page 781: ... Password default is 22222 3 Select Factory Default 4 For 3 Line LCD Displays The Restore Defaults prompt displays Press to confirm For 8 and 11 Line LCD Phones The Reset phone to factory defaults prompt displays Press Default to confirm Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Restore to Factory Defaults field click This restores all factory defaults and remo...

Page 782: ... your Administrator Password default is 22222 3 Select Erase Local Config 4 For 3 Line LCD Displays The Erase local config prompt displays Press to confirm For 8 and 11 Line LCD Displays The Erase local config prompt displays Press Erase to confirm Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation Reset Current Settings 2 In the Remove Local Configuration Settings field click This removes the last cu...

Page 783: ...ser password Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a password with alpha characters the phone uses the default password instead 6 Press Enter 7 Re enter the new user password 8 Press Enter A message Password Changed displays on the screen Aastra Web UI Step Action 1 Click on Operation User Password 2 In the Current Password field enter the current user passwo...

Page 784: ...leshooting Solutions 9 26 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide 4 In the Confirm Password field enter the new user password again 5 Click to save your changes Aastra Web UI Step Action ...

Page 785: ...ction Lock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List 2 Select Phone Lock The prompt Lock the phone displays 3 Press Lock to lock the phone Unlock the phone 1 Press on the phone to enter the Options List The prompt To unlock the phone Password 2 Enter the user or administrator password and press Enter The phone unlocks ...

Page 786: ...peration Phone Lock Lock the phone 2 In the Lock the Phone field click The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is locked Unlock the phone 3 Click on Operation Phone Lock 4 In the Unlock the Phone field click The phone unlocks dynamically and displays the following message Phone is unlocked ...

Page 787: ...vers the following topics Topic Page Setting Parameters in Configuration Files page A 6 Operational Basic and Advanced Parameters page A 7 Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu page A 7 Network Settings page A 8 DHCP Option Settings page A 13 Password Settings page A 15 Emergency Dial Plan Settings page A 16 Aastra Web UI Settings page A 17 Configuration Server Settings page A 18 Multiple Configurat...

Page 788: ...HSG Settings 6753i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT page A 72 Live Dialpad Settings page A 72 SIP Local Dial Plan Settings page A 73 SIP Outbound Support page A 76 Dynamic SIP for Registration and Subscription page A 77 SIP Basic Global Settings page A 78 SIP Basic Per Line Settings page A 87 BLA Support for MWI page A 98 Shared Call Appearance SCA Call Bridging page A 99 Centralized Conferencing Settings pag...

Page 789: ...t Global Settings page A 165 Ring Tone Per Line Settings page A 167 Incoming Call Interrupts Dialing Setting page A 168 Status Code on Ignoring Incoming Calls page A 169 Switch Focus to Ringing Line page A 170 Preferred Line and Preferred Line Timeout page A 171 Goodbye Key Cancels Incoming Call page A 172 Stuttered Dial Tone Setting page A 173 Call Waiting Settings page A 174 Message Waiting Indi...

Page 790: ...ge A 233 Handset Feature Key Settings 9480i CT and 6757i CT page A 240 Expansion Module Key Settings for M670i 6753i 6755i 6757i 6757i CT and M675i for 6755i 6757i 6757i CT page A 242 Customizing the Key Type List page A 249 Locking Softkeys and Programmable Keys page A 252 Locking the SAVE and DLETE Keys 6753i page A 255 Enabling Disabling Ability to Add Edit Speeddial Keys page A 256 BLF List UR...

Page 791: ...User Agent Setting page A 267 GRUU and sip instance Support page A 267 DNS Query Setting page A 268 Ignore Out of Order SIP Requests page A 269 Optional Allow and Allow Event Headers page A 269 P Asserted Identity PAI page A 270 Route Header in SIP Packet page A 270 Configuration Encryption Setting page A 271 Troubleshooting Parameters page A 272 Log Settings page A 272 WatchDog Settings page A 27...

Page 792: ...o the phone configuration the changes are stored in a local configuration on the phone not on the server Configuration changes made to the mac cfg file override the configuration settings in the aastra cfg file Reference For information about configuration file precedence see Chapter 1 the section Configuration File Precedence on page 43 This section includes the following types of configurable pa...

Page 793: ...enu on the IP Phone UI Warning When using the simplified menu you cannot change the Network settings from the IP Phone UI If the network settings become misconfigured you must factory default the phone and use the full menu to recover the network settings from the Phone UI OR use the Aastra Web UI to configure the network settings Format Boolean Default Value 0 full options menu Range 0 full optio...

Page 794: ...information IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Domain Name Servers DNS TFTP HTTP HTTP Port HTTPS HTTPS Port and FTP servers and Timer Servers Note For DHCP to automatically populate the IP address or qualified domain name for the TFTP server your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format Integer Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example dhcp 1 Parameter ip Ip Address in Web UI IP phon...

Page 795: ...r DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address Default Value 255 255 255 0 Range Not Applicable Example subnet mask 255 255 255 224 Parameter default gateway Gateway in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The IP address of the network s gateway or def...

Page 796: ...ameters can then be resolved to their corresponding IP addresses Note For DHCP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example dns1 192 168 0 5 Parameter dns2 Secondary DNS in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Setti...

Page 797: ...ull duplex 10Mbps 2 full duplex 100Mbps 3 half duplex 10Mbps 4 half duplex 100Mbps Example ethernet port 0 3 Parameter ethernet port 1 PC Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The send TX and receive RX method to use on Ethernet port 1 to transmit and r...

Page 798: ...ns Administrator Menu Network Settings Ethernet Link Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Basic Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the PC port Note PC Port parameters are not applicable to the 6730i IP Phone Format Integer Default Value 1 enable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example pc port passthru enabled 1 ...

Page 799: ...to 64 alpha numeric characters Note The value for this parameter can also be a fully qualified domain name Example hostname aastra4 Parameter dhcp userclass DHCP User Class in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings DHCP Settings DHCP User Class Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description Specifies the ...

Page 800: ...ngs DHCP Settings Download Options Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description The value specified for this parameter overrides the precedence order for determining a configuration server Note You must restart the IP Phone for this parameter to take affect Format Integer Default Value 0 Any no override uses normal precedence order of 43 160 159 66 Range 1 Disabled...

Page 801: ...ormat Integer Default Value 22222 Range 0 to 4294967295 Example admin password 1234567890 Parameter user password Current Password in Web UI IP phone UI Options User Password Aastra Web UI Operation User Password Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to set a new user password for the IP phone Note The IP phones support numeric characters only in passwords If you enter a pa...

Page 802: ...ber 999 A United Kingdom emergency number 112 An international emergency telephone number for GSM mobile phone networks In all European Union countries it is also the emergency telephone number for both mobile and fixed line telephones 110 A police and or fire emergency number in Asia Europe Middle East and South America Dial plan characters Length bytes 911 14 4xx 18 x xx 35 911 999 112 110 450 5...

Page 803: ...o enter the correct password in three attempts access to the Options Menu is denied and the IP phone returns to the idle screen Note The password to enter is the administrator password configured for that phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 false not password protected 1 true password protected Example options password enabled 1 Parameter web interface enabled Configuration Files aastra c...

Page 804: ...p server TFTP Server in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Primary TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The TFTP server s IP address If DHCP is enabled and the DHCP server provides the information this field is automatically populated Use this parameter to change the IP address or domain...

Page 805: ...r example ipphone 6757i configfiles Format String Default Value N A Range Up to 64 alphanumeric characters Example tftp path configs tftp Parameter alternate tftp server Alternate TFTP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Alternate TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The alternate TFTP...

Page 806: ...he IP Phone Note Enter the path name in the form folderX folderX folderX For example ipphone 6757i configfiles Format String Default Value N A Range Up to 64 alphanumeric characters Example alternate tftp path configs alternate Parameter use alternate tftp Use Alternate TFTP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings TFTP Server Select TFTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Co...

Page 807: ...username and password Note For DHCP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example ftp server 192 168 0 131 Parameter ftp path Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Settings IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server FTP Settings Conf...

Page 808: ...aded into the phone Note The IP Phones support usernames containing dots Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 63 alphanumeric characters Example ftp username 6757iaastra Parameter ftp password FTP Password in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings FTP Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Descripti...

Page 809: ...lly populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example http server 192 168 0 132 Parameter http path HTTP Path in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings HTTP Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Descri...

Page 810: ...t Value 80 Range 1 through 65535 Example http port 1025 Parameter https server HTTPS Server in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings HTTPS HTTPS Client Download Server Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The HTTPS server s IP address This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloa...

Page 811: ... path to that sub directory should be entered in this field Format dir dir dir Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 63 alphanumeric characters Example https path ipphones 6755i Parameter https port HTTPS Port in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server HTTPS Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg D...

Page 812: ...changed Both 3 Updates the configuration files and firmware automatically at the specified time if the files on the server have changed Notes 1 If a user is accessing the Aastra Web UI they are not informed of an auto reboot 2 Any changes made using the Aastra Web UI or the IP phone UI are not overwritten by an auto resync update Auto resync affects the configuration files only However the setting...

Page 813: ...te increments only 4 When entering a value for this parameter using the configuration files the value can be entered using minute values from 00 to 59 for example the auto resync time can be entered as 02 56 5 Auto Resync adds up to 15 minutes random time to the configured time For example if the auto resync time parameter is set to 02 00 the event takes place any time between 02 00 and 02 15 6 Wh...

Page 814: ...a checksync Format Integer Default Value 15 Range 0 to 1439 Example auto resync max delay 20 Parameter auto resync days Days in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Configuration Server Auto Resync Description Specifies the amount of days that the phone waits between checksync operations Note A value of 0 causes the phone to checksync every time the clock r...

Page 815: ...d for the update of firmware to the phones is from the original configuration server The Administrator must specify a correct server URL for the phones to get their firmware information from that server If the URL is incorrect no firmware download occurs to the phones from the specified server Format String up to 256 characters FTP ftp username password 0 0 0 0 port path TFTP tftp 0 0 0 0 port pat...

Page 816: ...s on the phone to specify the URL For more information about this feature refer to Chapter 1 the section Directory Files Language Packs TLS Certificates 802 1x Certificates HTTPS Files and Multiple Configuration Servers on page1 47 For information on configuring the directory language pack TLS certificates 802 1x certificates and HTTPS parameters see the applicable parameters in this Appendix ...

Page 817: ...mac cfg Description IP address of the network device that enforces NAT Format IP Address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip nat ip 192 245 2 1 Parameter sip nat port NAT SIP Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Port number of the network device that enforces ...

Page 818: ... may close some ports for security reasons You may want to use this parameter to send RTP data using a different port Note The phones support decoding and playing out DTMF tones sent in SIP INFO requests The following DTMF tones are supported Support signals 0 9 Support durations up to 5 seconds Format Integer Default Value 51720 Range Not Applicable Example sip nat rtp port 51730 Parameter sip no...

Page 819: ... Example sip nortel nat timer 60 Parameter sip rport Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable 1 or disable 0 the use of Rport on the IP phone Rport in RFC 3581 allows a client to request that the server send the response back to the source IP address and the port from which the request came Note Config...

Page 820: ...use symmetric UDP signaling for outgoing UDP SIP messages When symmetric UDP is enabled the IP phone generates and listens for UDP messages using port 5060 If symmetric UDP signaling is disabled the phone sends from random ports but it listens on the configured SIP local port Example sip local port 5060 Parameter sip local tls port Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings C...

Page 821: ...tions and their users on the Internet TLS is the successor to SSL SSL 3 0 Secure Socket Layer version 3 SSL 3 0 is a commonly used protocol for managing the security of a message transmission on the Internet Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value SSL 3 0 Range TLS 1 0 SSL 3 0 default Example https client method TLS 1 0 Parameter https redirect http get HTTPS Server Redirect HTTP to HTTPS in ...

Page 822: ...m HTTP POSTs Some client applications use HTTP POSTs to transfer XML scripts The phones s HTTP server accepts these POSTs even if server redirection is enabled effectively bypassing the secure connection When this parameter is enabled blocking is enabled receipt of an HTTP POST containing an XML parameter header results in the following response 403 Forbidden This forces the client to direct the P...

Page 823: ...disabled before upgrading to Release 2 3 of the IP Phones Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example https validate certificates 0 Parameter https validate expires Check Certificate Expiration in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server HTTPS Settings Cert Validation Check Expires Aastra Web UI Advanced...

Page 824: ... Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Configuration Server HTTPS Settings Cert Validation Check Hostnames Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network HTTPS Settings Description Enables or disables the HTTPS validation of hostnames on the phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example https validate hostname 0 ...

Page 825: ...tes parameter in order for the phone to accept the User provided certificates You can use this parameter in three ways To download no certificates To download a certificate from the original configuration server To download a certificate from another specified server To download a specific file the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example https user certificates ftp a...

Page 826: ...es The following example downloads the HTTPS user certificate file from the original configuration server https user certificates phonesHTTPSUserCert pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file phonesHTTPSUserCert pem HTTPS user certificate file from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 https user certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesHTTPSUserCert p...

Page 827: ... the UPnP manager will not start Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example upnp manager 1 Parameter upnp gateway Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description IP address or fully qualified Domain Name of the Internet gateway or router This parameter stores the IP address of the gateway or router in the event that only non default UPnP gateways get discovered on the net...

Page 828: ... feature to work UPnP must be enabled on the phone upnp manager and upnp gateway must be set Format Integer Default Value 0 UPnP is not mapped to a specific line Range 0 to 10 Example upnp mapping lines 5 This example indicates that line 5 allows UPnP mapping Parameter tagging enabled VLAN Enable in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings VLAN VLAN Enable Aastra Web UI Advan...

Page 829: ... Format Integer Default Value 5 Range 0 to 7 Example priority non ip 7 Parameter vlan id VLAN ID for LAN Port in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings VLAN Phone VLAN ID Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network VLAN Port 0 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description VLAN is a feature on the IP phone that allows for multiple logical Ethernet interfaces to send outgoin...

Page 830: ...ifferentiated Services Code Point DSCP setting for SIP tos sip parameter RTP tos rtp parameter and RTCP tos rtcp parameter It is the mapping between the DSCP value and the VLAN priority value for SIP RTP and RTCP packets You enter the tos priority map value as follows DSCP_1 Priority_1 DSCP_2 Priority_2 DSCP_64 Priority_64 where the DSCP value range is 0 63 and the priority range is 0 7 Mappings n...

Page 831: ...d Advanced Parameters 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 A 45 The following table identifies the default DSCP to priority mapping structure DSCP Range DSCP Priority 0 7 0 8 15 1 16 23 2 24 31 3 32 39 4 40 47 5 48 55 6 56 63 7 ...

Page 832: ...a PC via Port 1 Note If you set the VLAN id port 1 passthrough port to 4095 all untagged packets are sent to this port The following is an example of configuring the phone on a VLAN where all untagged packets are sent to the passthrough port Example You enable tagging on the phone port as normal but set the passthrough port VLAN id port 1 to 4095 The following example sets the phone to be on VLAN ...

Page 833: ...uration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the priority value used for passing VLAN packets through to a PC via Port 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 7 Example QoS eth port 1 priority 3 Parameter sip rtcp summary reports Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies whether or not to send of RTCP summary reports Note You must restart the phone after setting a ...

Page 834: ...rmat username server Note Hostname server string must not exceed 128 characters in length Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example sip rtcp summary report collector collector example org Parameter sip rtcp summary report collector port Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the port address of the hostname server receiving the RTCP summary reports Note You mu...

Page 835: ...an Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip line1 rtcp summary reports 1 Parameter sip lineN rtcp summary report collector N is a line number from 1 to 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Per line parameter specifying the hostname of the server receiving the RTCP summary reports Note You must restart the phone after setting a value for this parameter Format ...

Page 836: ...ort N is a line number from 1 to 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Per line parameter specifying the port address of the server receiving the RTCP summary reports Note You must restart the phone after setting a value for this parameter Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 65536 Example sip line1 rtcp summary report collector port 5060 ...

Page 837: ... RTP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Type of Service RTP Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Type of Service DSCP Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP for RTP packets Format Integer Default Value 46 Range 0 to 63 Example tos rtp 2 Parameter tos rtcp RTCP in Web UI IP phone UI Options Administrator Menu ...

Page 838: ... hour format and 1 for the 24 hour format Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 12 hr format 1 24 hr format Example time format 0 Parameter date format Date Format in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Time and Date Date Format Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This parameter allows the user to change the date to various formats Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 WWW MMM DD default...

Page 839: ... in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Time and Date Time Zone Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Assigns a time zone name to the time server Note Assigning the name Custom with initial cap in the configuration files allows you to create a custom time zone using the additional parameters in the section Custom Time Zone and DST Settings on page A 61 Format Text Default Value US Eastern Ra...

Page 840: ...AU Sydney AU Broken Hill AU Brisbane AU Lindeman AU Adelaide AU Darwin AU Perth AW Aruba AZ Baku CET GST AST AST CET AST ART BST CET LHS EST EST EST CST EST EST CST CST WST AST AZT BA Sarajevo BB Barbados BE Brussels BG Sofia BM Bermuda BO La Paz BR Noronha BR Belem BR Fortaleza BR Recife BR Araguaina BR Maceio BR Sao Paulo BR Cuiaba BR Porto Velho BR Boa Vista BR Manaus BR Eirunepe BR Rio Branco ...

Page 841: ...Z Prague NST AST EST EST CST MST PST PST CET CKS CLS EAS CST COS CST CST EES CET DE Berlin DK Copenhagen DM Dominica DO Santo Domingo CET CET AST AST EE Tallinn ES Madrid ES Canary EET CET WET FI Helsinki FJ Fiji FK Stanley FO Faeroe FR Paris EET NZT FKS WET CET GB London GB Belfast GD Grenada GE Tbilisi GF Cayenne GI Gibraltar GP Guadeloupe GR Athens GS South Georgia GT Guatemala GU Guam GY Guyan...

Page 842: ...Y Cayman EST LC St Lucia LI Vaduz LT Vilnius LU Luxembourg LV Riga AST CET EET CET EET MC Monaco MD Chisinau MK Skopje MQ Martinique MS Montserrat MT Malta MU Mauritius MX Mexico City MX Cancun MX Merida MX Monterrey MX Mazatlan MX Chihuahua MX Hermosillo MX Tijuana CET EET CET AST AST CET MUT CST CST CST CST MST MST MST PST NI Managua NL Amsterdam NO Oslo NR Nauru NU Niue NZ Auckland NZ Chatham C...

Page 843: ...asnoyarsk RU Irkutsk RU Yakutsk RU Vladivostok RU Sakhalin RU Magadan RU Kamchatka RU Anadyr EET EET MSK SAM YEK OMS NOV KRA IRK YAK VLA SAK MAG PET ANA SE Stockholm SG Singapore SI Ljubljana SK Bratislava SM San Marino SR Paramaribo SV El Salvador CET SGT CET CET CET SRT CST TR Istanbul TT Port of Spain TW Taipei EET AST CST UA Kiev US Eastern US Central US Mountain US Pacific US Alaska US Aleuti...

Page 844: ...Operational Basic and Advanced Parameters A 58 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide VA Vatican CET YU Belgrade CET Time Zone Name Time Zone Code ...

Page 845: ...Server s Note For DHCP to automatically populate this parameter your DHCP server must support Option 66 Format Integer Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example time server disabled 0 Parameter time server1 Time Server 1 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Time and Date Settings IP Phone UI Options Preferences Time and Date Time Servers Configuration Files aastra c...

Page 846: ...sed to request the time from Format IP address or qualified domain name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example time server2 192 168 0 5 Parameter time server3 Time Server 3 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Time and Date Settings IP Phone UI Options Preferences Time and Date Time Servers Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The tertiary time server s IP a...

Page 847: ...Time North America 420 GMT minus 7 hours Mountain Standard Time North America 360 GMT minus 6 hours Central Standard Time North America 300 GMT minus 5 hours Eastern Standard Time North America 270 GMT minus 4 5 hours Venezuela 240 GMT minus 4 hours 210 GMT minus 3 5 hours Newfoundland Standard Time North America 180 GMT minus 3 hours 150 GMT minus 2 5 hours Newfoundland daylight time 120 GMT minu...

Page 848: ...ht Saving Time Valid values are a positive integer between 0 to 60 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 0 to 60 Example dst minutes 60 Parameter dst start end relative date Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies how to interpret the start and end day month and week parameters absolute 0 or relative 1 Format Boolean Default Value N A Range 0 absolute 1 relative Example dst s...

Page 849: ...tart month Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst start month 7 ...

Page 850: ...es are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst end month 6 Parameter dst start day Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The day of the month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 31 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 to 31 Examp...

Page 851: ...t end day 31 Parameter dst start hour Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The hour that DST starts Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 0 midnight to 23 Example dst start hour 0 Parameter dst end hour Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The hour that DST ends Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Format I...

Page 852: ...arameter dst start month Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST starts Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst start month 6 ...

Page 853: ...nth Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The month that DST ends Valid values are 1 to 12 January to December Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 January 2 February 3 March 4 April 5 May 6 June 7 July 8 August 9 September 10 October 11 November 12 December Example dst end month 12 ...

Page 854: ...nth 4 fourth last occurrance dst start day in the month 5 fifth full week of month 5 fifth last occurance dst start day in the month Example dst start week 1 Parameter dst end week Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The week in the specified month in which DST ends Valid value is a positive or negative integer from 1 to 5 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 first full week of ...

Page 855: ...om 1 to 7 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 Sunday 2 Monday 3 Tuesday 4 Wednesday 5 Thursday 6 Friday 7 Saturday Example dst start day 1 Parameter dst end day Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The day of the specified week in the specified month that DST ends on Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 1 Sunday 2 Monday 3 Tuesday 4 Wedn...

Page 856: ...n The hour that DST starts Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 0 midnight to 23 Example dst start hour 0 Parameter dst end hour Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The hour that DST ends Valid values are an integer from 0 midnight to 23 Format Integer Default Value N A Range 0 midnight to 23 Example dst end hour 23 ...

Page 857: ... Backllight On Time parameter Format Integer Default Value 1 Auto Range 0 Off Turns the backlight off constant 1 Auto Turns the backlight off after a period of inactivity Note In the IP Phone UI the options for this parameter are Off and Auto only Example backlight mode 0 Parameter bl on time Backllight On Time in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Preferences Display Backlight Configuration Files aastr...

Page 858: ...our IP Phone specific Installation Guide Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 disable DHSG support is OFF 1 enable DHSG support is ON Example dhsg 1 Parameter live dialpad Live Dialpad in Phone UI IP phone UI Options Preferences Live Dialpad Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Turns the Live Dialpad feature ON or OFF With live dial pad ON the IP phone automatically dials out and t...

Page 859: ... a range of acceptable symbols For example 2 8 Reference open close quotes In the configuration files enter the sip dial plan value using quotes Reference Used when a secondary dial tone is required on the phone For example 9 xxxxxx when a user has to dial 9 to get and outside line and needs a secondary dial tone presented Reference Reference You can configure prefix dialing by adding a prepend di...

Page 860: ...he Aastra Web UI Example sip dial plan X XXX Parameter sip dial plan terminator Send Dial Plan Terminator in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable or disable a dial plan terminator If you enable the use of this parameter when you configure the IP phone s dial plan with a dial plan terminator or timeout such as the po...

Page 861: ... cfg Description Represents the time in seconds between consecutive key presses on the IP phone The default for this parameter is 4 seconds If you press a key on the phone and wait 4 seconds before pressing the next key the key times out and cancels the digit selection You must press consecutive keys before the timeout occurs Format Integer Default Value 4 Range Not Applicable Example sip digit ti...

Page 862: ...or the inbound request if the proxy supports it The UA uses keep alive packets to monitor the connection status Notes 1 You must restart the phone after setting a value for this parameter 2 TLS and TCP both support this feature 3 If the Global SIP parameter Persistent TLS is set on the phone then only one TLS persistent connection can be established since the phone uses the local port 5061 for con...

Page 863: ...ne when the phone is inactive phone not being used without having to reboot the phone During the re registration process the phone unsubscribes and dynamically re subscribes as required If disabled the phone updates its account infomration and the phone reboots upon the user saving an LCD page or leaving a menu Notes 1 This parameter does not make previous changes dynamic Changes apply dynamically...

Page 864: ...e Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip screen name Joe Smith Parameter sip screen name 2 Screen Name 2 in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Used to display text on a second line on the screen of the phone Notes 1 If other status messages display on the p...

Page 865: ...s containing dots Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip user name 1010 Parameter sip display name Caller ID in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Used in the display name field of the From SIP header field Som...

Page 866: ...ield of the Authorization header field of the SIP REGISTER request Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip auth name 5553456 Parameter sip password Password in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The password tha...

Page 867: ...1010 Parameter sip mode Line mode in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to configure the mode of the line Applicable values are Generic Normal line BroadSoft SCA Shared Call Line Appearances SCA line for BroadWorks network call activity can go to more than one phone Nortel Conference line for Nortel Net...

Page 868: ...he IP phone uses to send all SIP requests A SIP proxy is a server that initiates and forwards requests generated by the IP phone to the targeted user Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not applicable Example sip proxy ip 192 168 0 101 Parameter sip proxy port Proxy Port in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu SIP Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Se...

Page 869: ...stra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The backup proxy s port number Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip backup proxy port 5060 Parameter sip outbound proxy outbound proxy server in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cf...

Page 870: ...tra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The address of the registrar for which the IP phone uses to send REGISTER requests A SIP registrar is a server that maintains the location information of the IP phone A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip addres...

Page 871: ... Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The address of the backup registrar typically the backup SIP proxy for which the IP phone uses to send REGISTER requests if the primary registrar is unavailable A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables backup registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the backup registrar IP addres...

Page 872: ...n The backup registrar s typically the backup SIP proxy port number Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip backup registrar port 5060 Parameter sip registration period Registration Period in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Basic SIP Network Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The requested registration period in seconds from the re...

Page 873: ...ne user s name Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 screen name Joe Smith Parameter sip lineN screen name 2 Screen Name 2 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Used to display text on a second line on the screen of the phone Notes 1 If other status messages display on t...

Page 874: ...for the sip lineN bla number parameter on page A 90 Note The IP Phones support Usernames containing dots Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 user name 1010 Parameter sip lineN display name Caller ID in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Used in the display name field o...

Page 875: ...ation header field of the SIP REGISTER request Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 20 alphanumeric characters Example sip line1 auth name 5553456 Parameter sip lineN password Password in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The password that will be used to register at the registrar Format Text Default Value Not Ap...

Page 876: ...A feature on an ININ server the value set for the sip lineN bla number parameter shall be the same value set for the sip lineN user name parameter without the incremented digit added to the phone For example if the sip lineN user name for the first phone is 10101 and the sip lineN user name for the second phone is 10102 etc you would configure BLA on a per line basis for the ININ server as follows...

Page 877: ...CA Shared Call Line Appearances SCA line for BroadWorks network call activity can go to more than one phone Nortel Conference line for Nortel Networks private all call activity goes to one phone BLA Bridged Line Appearance BLA line If the softkeys on the 6757i 6757i CT or the programmable keys on the 6753i are set as line keys and you configure that line key for BLA the key is configured to use BL...

Page 878: ... phone uses to send all SIP requests A SIP proxy is a server that initiates and forwards requests generated by the IP phone to the targeted user Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not applicable Example sip line1 proxy ip 192 168 0 101 Parameter sip lineN proxy port Proxy Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aast...

Page 879: ... which the IP phone uses when the primary SIP proxy is unavailable Format IP address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 backup proxy ip 192 168 0 102 Parameter sip lineN backup proxy port Backup Proxy Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The backup proxy s port number...

Page 880: ...erver For example if you have a Session Border Controller in your network then you would normally set its address here Format IP Address or fully qualified Domain Name Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip outbound proxy 10 42 23 13 Parameter sip lineN outbound proxy port Outbound Proxy Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac...

Page 881: ...at maintains the location information of the IP phone A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the Registrar IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 for a per line basis i e line 1 line 2 etc then the register request is not sent the No Service message does not display and the message waiting indicator MWI doe...

Page 882: ...uration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The address of the backup registrar typically the backup SIP proxy for which the IP phone uses to send REGISTER requests if the primary registrar is unavailable A global value of 0 0 0 0 disables backup registration However the phone is still active and you can dial using username ip address of the phone If the backup registrar IP address is set to 0 0 ...

Page 883: ...p registrar s typically the backup SIP proxy port number Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Not Applicable Example sip line1 backup registrar port 5060 Parameter sip lineN registration period Registration Period in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 thru 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The requested registration period in seconds from the registrar Format Integer ...

Page 884: ...unt Notes 1 If you change the setting on this parameter you must reboot the phone for it to take affect 2 Both the sip explicit mwi subscription and sip mwi for bla account parameters must be enabled in order for the MWI subscription for BLA to occur 3 The MWI re subscription for the BLA account uses the value set for the sip explicit mwi subscription period parameter to re subscribe 4 Whether or ...

Page 885: ...he phone after setting a value for this parameter Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip sca bridging 1 Parameter sip lineN sca bridging N is a line number from 1 to 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables disables SCA bridging on the phone side on a per account basis using a specific SCA configured line Note You must restart the phone after sett...

Page 886: ...g then do one of the following actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy server address is 206 229 26 60 and the proxy port used is ...

Page 887: ...ng actions If you have specified a proxy server registrar server then to reach the media server via the proxy server set this field to one of the following conf Sylantro server or Conference Broadsoft server By setting this field to conf you specify conf proxy_server _address proxy_port For example if the proxy server address is 206 229 26 60 and the proxy port used is 10060 then by setting this p...

Page 888: ...Join Feature for 3 Way Conference Parameter sip join support Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the phone to allow a conference to be set up with a join header as described in RFC 3911 Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip join support 1 ...

Page 889: ...t reboot the phone after setting the HTTP HTTPS digest authentication parameters Format String Default Value N A Range Up to 40 alphanumeric characters Example http digest username mysuername Parameter http digest password Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the password to use for HTTP HTTPS digest authentication The server uses this password for authentication purposes w...

Page 890: ...an Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example http digest force login 1 Parameter sip explicit mwi subscription Explicit MWI Subscription in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description If the IP phone has a message waiting subscription with the Service Provider a Message Waiting Indicator MWI LED or displa...

Page 891: ...ibes to MWI before the subscription period ends Format Integer Default Value 86400 Range 30 214748364 Example sip explicit mwi subscription period 30 Parameter sip send mac Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Adds an Aastra Mac header to the SIP REGISTER messages sent from...

Page 892: ...alue is the line number that is being registered Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip send line 1 Parameter sip session timer Session Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The time in seconds that the IP phone uses to send periodic re INVITE requests to keep a ses...

Page 893: ...illiseconds of the round trip time RTT Format Integer Default Value 500 Range Not Applicable Example sip T1 timer 600 Parameter sip T2 timer T2 Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This timer is a SIP transaction layer timer defined in RFC 3261 Timer 2 represents the amount of time in milliseconds a non ...

Page 894: ...d SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description The amount of time in milliseconds that the phone allows the callserver registrar proxy to respond to SIP messages that it sends If the phone does not receive a response in the amount of time designated for this parameter the phone assumes the message has timed out Format Integer Default Value 4000 Range 4000 to 64000 Example sip tr...

Page 895: ...ses Persistent TLS on the connection If sips persistent tls is disabled then the phone uses TLS on the connection If TLS is used you must specify the Root and Intermediate Certificates the Local Certificate the Private Key and the Trusted Certificates 2 If the phone uses Persistent TLS you MUST specify the Trusted Certificates the Root and Intermediate Certificates the Local Certificate and the Pr...

Page 896: ...ar Format Integer Default Value 1800 30 minutes Range 30 to 1800 Example sip registration retry timer 30 Parameter sip registration timeout retry timer Registration Timeout Retry Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the length of time in seconds that the phone waits until it re attempts to regi...

Page 897: ...gistrar to renew the registration Format Integer Default Value 15 Range 0 to 214748364 The value set for this parameter should be between 0 and the value set for the registration period Example sip registration renewal timer 10 Parameter sip blf subscription period BLF Subscription Period in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac ...

Page 898: ...tes is the minimum value Example sip acd subscription period 2000 Parameter sip bla subscription period BLA Subscription Period in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Description Specifies the amount of time in seconds that the phone waits to receive a BLA subscribe message from the server If you specify zero 0 the phone us...

Page 899: ...be incremented in the missed calls indicator on the phone it was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls sip missed call summary subscription parameter phone B receives notification from the server that the call was forward...

Page 900: ...n Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the amount of time in seconds that the phone uses the Missed Calls Summary Subscription feature This parameter is always enabled with a default value of 86400 seconds When the phone reaches the limit set for this parameter it sends the subscription again To disable this parameter leave the field blank or set the field to zero 0 Format Integer Defaul...

Page 901: ...one it was initially directed to For example phones A B and C are connected to the server You configure the server to direct calls coming into phone B which has voicemail configured to be forwarded to phone C When phone A calls phone B the server forwards the call to phone C If you enable the sip missed call summary subscription parameter phone B receives notification from the server that the call...

Page 902: ... side DND CFWD or ACD features Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example sip line1 as feature event subscription 1 Parameter sip as feature event subscription period Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the amount of time in seconds between resubscribing If the phone does not resubsc...

Page 903: ...ation of the phone If the phones are set to use Persistent TLS and a call is made from the phone this call and all subsequent calls use the same authenticated connection This significantly reduces the delay time when placing a call Notes 1 Persistent TLS requires the outbound proxy server and outbound proxy port parameters be configured in either the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI Advanc...

Page 904: ... authority then that authority provides the user with the Root and Intermediate Certificate files most likely just CA root certificate This parameter is required when configuring TLS optional for Persistent TLS You can use this parameter in three ways To download no certificates To download a certificate from the original configuration server To download a certificate from another specified server...

Page 905: ...mple downloads the root and intermediate certificate file from the original configuration server sips root and intermediate certificates phonesRootCert pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file phonesRootCert pem root and intermediate certificate file from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 sips root and intermediate certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 pa...

Page 906: ...rameter in three ways To download no certificates To download a certificate from the original configuration server To download a certificate from another specified server To download a specific file the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example sips local certificate ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesLocalCert pem where path is the directory and phonesLocalCert pem...

Page 907: ...e following example downloads the local certificate file from the original configuration server sips local certificate phonesLocalCert pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file phonesLocalCert pem local certificate file from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 sips local certificate ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesLocalCert pem ...

Page 908: ...in three ways To download no private key To download a private key from the original configuration server To download a private key from another specified server To download a specific file the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example sips trusted certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesPrivatekey pem where path is the directory and phonesPrivateKey pem is ...

Page 909: ...y The following example downloads the private key file from the original configuration server sips private key phonesPrivateKey pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file phonesPrivateKey pem private key file from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 sips private key ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesPrivateKey pem ...

Page 910: ...ate signed by CA2 the phone must have CA1 root certificate and CA2 root certificate in its Trusted Certificate file This parameter is required when configuring TLS or Persistent TLS You can use this parameter in three ways To download no certificates To download a certificate from the original configuration server To download a certificate from another specified server To download a specific file ...

Page 911: ...owing example downloads the trusted certificate file from the original configuration server sips trusted certificates phonesTrustedCert pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file phonesTrustedCert pem trusted certificate file from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 sips trusted certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phonesTrustedCert pem ...

Page 912: ...ion files For EAP MD5 use eap type identity md5 password pc port passthrough enabled For EAP TLS use eap type identity 802 1x root and intermediate certificates use 1 root and 0 or 1 intermediate certificates 802 1x local certificate use 1 local certificate 802 1x private key 1 private key that corresponds to local certificate 802 1x trusted certificates 0 or more trusted certificates a maximum of...

Page 913: ... Description Enables or disables the PC port Format Integer Default Value 1 enable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example pc port passthru enabled 1 Parameter eap type EAP Type in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Ethernet Link 802 1x Settings 802 1x Mode Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support General Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the t...

Page 914: ...the path Advanced Settings 802 1x Support General Identity Format String Default Value N A Range N A Example identity phone1 Parameter md5 password MD5 Password in Web UI IP Phone UI Options Administrator Menu Network Settings Ethernet Link 802 1x Settings EAP MD5 Settings Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support EAP MD5 Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies t...

Page 915: ...certificate You can use this parameter in three ways To download no certificates To download a certificate from the original configuration server To download a certificate from another specified server To download a specific file the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example 802 1x root and intermediate certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phones802RootCert pem...

Page 916: ...g example downloads the 802 1x root and intermediate certificate file from the original configuration server 802 1x root and intermediate certificates phones802RootCert pem The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file phones802RootCert pem 802 1x root and intermediate certificate file from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 using port 50 802 1x root and intermediate certificates ...

Page 917: ... of the string For example 802 1x local certificate ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phones802LocalCert pem where path is the directory and phones802LocalCert pem is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format String Default Value N A Range N A Example The following example downloads no local certificate file 802 1x local certificate The follo...

Page 918: ...de Parameter 802 1x private key Private Key in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings 802 1x Support EAP TLS Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the file name that contains the private key Format String Default Value ANDN A Range N A Example 802 1x private key filename pem ...

Page 919: ...r example 802 1x trusted certificates ftp admin admin 1 2 3 4 50 path phones802TrustedCert pem where path is the directory and phones802TrustedCert pem is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format String Default Value N A Range N A Example The following example downloads no 802 1x trusted certificate file 802 1x trusted certificates The fol...

Page 920: ...es the port through which the RTP packets are sent This value must specify the beginning of the RTP port range on the gateway or router The RTP port is used for sending DTMF tones and for the audio stream Your network administrator may close some ports for security reasons You may want to use this parameter to send RTP data using a different port Note The phones support decoding and playing out DT...

Page 921: ...e basic Codecs when sending receiving RTP packets Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 Disable 1 Enable Example sip use basic codecs 1 Parameter sip out of band dtmf Force RFC2833 Out of Band DTMF in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables out of band DTMF Enabling this parameter forces the IP phone to ...

Page 922: ...ted list of semicolon separated values Default Value Not Applicable Range Valid values for the syntax are payload 0 for G 711 m Law 8 for G 711 a Law 18 for G 729a ptime in milliseconds 5 10 15 20 90 silsupp on off Example sip customized codec payload 8 ptime 10 silsupp on payload 0 ptime 10 silsupp off Parameter sip dtmf method DTMF Method in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP ...

Page 923: ...only are generated accepted Format Integer Default Value 0 SRTP Disabled Range 0 SRTP Disabled 1 SRTP Preferred 2 SRTP Only Example sip srtp mode 1 Parameter sip silence suppression Silence Suppression in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Silence suppression is enabled by default on the IP phones The phone negotiates w...

Page 924: ...t Integer Default Value 0 RTP Range 0 RTP 1 SIP INFO 2 BOTH Example sip line1 dtmf method 1 Parameter sip lineN srtp mode Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Line 1 9 RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This parameter determines if SRTP is enabled on this line as follows If set to 1 then use the global setting for this line This is the default setting If set to 0 then disab...

Page 925: ...stra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Autodial Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Globally specifies the SIP phone number that the IP phone autodials when the handset is lifted from the phone cradle An empty blank value disables autodial on the phone Format Integer Default Value Blank Range Any valid SIP number Examples sip autodial number 8500 ...

Page 926: ...aits the specified number of seconds before dialing the preconfigured number warmline when you lift the handset Default is 0 hotline Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 120 Examples sip autodial timeout 30 Parameter sip lineN autodial number Autodial Number in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings LineN Autodial Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description On a per line basis...

Page 927: ... seconds that the phone waits to dial a preconfigured number after the handset is lifted from the IP phone cradle If this parameter is set to 0 hotline the phone immediately dials a preconfigured number when you lift the handset If this parameter is set to a value greater than 0 the phone waits the specified number of seconds before dialing the preconfigured number warmline when you lift the hands...

Page 928: ...nstructions for listening to voicemails Note The phone must have a registered voicemail account from a server for this feature to be enabled When no registered voicemail accounts are registered to the phone the display shows List Empty The phone displays up to 99 voicemails for an account even if the number of voicemails exceeds the limit Registered account numbers URIs that exceed the length of t...

Page 929: ...ail system connected to the sip account This parameter specifies the phone number you dial from your phone to retrieve your voicemail Configuring this parameter allows you to call the voice mail system directly from the voicemail application via the IP Phone UI under the Services menu of the IP Phone Format Integer Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example sip vmail 5553435 ...

Page 930: ...rver To download a specific file the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example directory 1 tftp 10 30 102 158 path companylist csv where path is the directory and companylist csv is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example The fol...

Page 931: ...fic file the string value MUST HAVE A FILENAME at the end of the string For example directory 1 tftp 10 30 102 158 path companylist csv where path is the directory and companylist csv is the filename If you do not specify a filename the download fails See examples for each below Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example The following example downloads...

Page 932: ...he Directory option is also removed from the Services menu Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example directory disabled 1 Parameter callers list disabled Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the Callers List If this parameter is set to 0 the Callers List can be accessed by all users If this parameter is set to 1 the IP phone does not save a...

Page 933: ...standard function of the Services key Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value N A Range N A Example services script http 10 50 100 234 test xml Parameter callers list script Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to specify a specific URI for accessing the Callers List after pressing the Callers List key When this parameter is set it overrides the standard function of t...

Page 934: ...fg Description Enables or disables the ability to configure Call Forwarding If this parameter is set to 0 a user and administrator can configure Call Forwarding via the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI using the Call Forward options If this parameter is set to 1 all Call Forward options are removed from the Aastra Web UI and the IP Phone UI preventing the ability to configure Call Forwarding Form...

Page 935: ...account the changes apply to all accounts on the phone custom The Custom mode allows you to configure CFWD for a specific account or all accounts You can configure a specific mode All Busy and or No Answer for each account independently or all accounts On 3 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to ALL On or ALL Off On 8 and 11 Line LCD phones you can set all accounts to All On All Off or copy t...

Page 936: ...of configuring the CFWD key mode in the configuration files call forward key mode 2 softkey1 type callforward softkey1 states idle connected incoming outgoing busy In the above example softkey 1 is configured for CFWD on line 1 account 1 with a custom configuration Pressing softkey 1 displays CFWD screens for which you can customize on the phone ...

Page 937: ...nables or disables Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices LLDP MED on the IP Phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example lldp 0 Parameter lldp interval LLDP Packet Interval in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Network Advanced Network Settings Description The amount of time in seconds between the tran...

Page 938: ...P ELIN in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Description Enables or disables the use of an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN received from LLDP as a caller ID for emergency numbers Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example use lldp elin 0 ...

Page 939: ...disables the Missed Calls Indicator If the missed calls indicator disabled parame ter is set to 0 the indicator increments as unanswered calls come into the IP phone If the missed calls indicator disabled parameter is set to 1 the indicator is disabled and will NOT increment as unanswered calls come into the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example missed calls in...

Page 940: ...phone until it is rebooted If you enter a value greater than 0 for this parameter the phone times out and will not be blocked Format Integer Default Value 0 never timeout Range 0 to 214748364 seconds Example xml get timeout 20 Parameter xml application URI XML Application URI in Web UI Aastra Web UI Operation Softkeys and XML Services Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the ...

Page 941: ...loading a traffic report XML application you could change this parameter title to Traffic Reports and that title will display in the IP phone UI as Services 4 Traffic Reports Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicable Example xml application title Traffic Reports Parameter xml application post list XML Push Server List Approved IP Addresses in Web UI Aastra We...

Page 942: ...plied immediately Format Boolean Default Value 1 ON Range 0 OFF No beep is audible even if the beep attribute is present in the XML object 1 ON The phone beeps when an XML object with the beep attribute arrives to the phone Example xml beep notification 0 Parameter xml status scroll delay Status Scroll Delay seconds in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Configuration Files aastra cfg ...

Page 943: ...c cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when a startup event occurs This parameter can use any of the following variables REMOTENUMBER DISPLAYNAME SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME INCOMINGNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP DISPLAYNAME CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION Format Fully qualified URI Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 128 ASCII characters Example action uri startup ...

Page 944: ...RI for which the phone executes a GET on when a successful registration event occurs This parameter can use the following variables SIPUSERNAME SIPAUTHNAME PROXYURL LINESTATE LOCALIP Note The action uri registered parameter executes on the first successful registration of each unique line configured on the phone Format Fully qualified URI Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 128 ASCII characte...

Page 945: ...gistration event change occurs This parameter uses the following variables to determine the state of the event REGISTRATIONSTATE REGISTRATIONCODE Note This action URI is not called when the same event is repeated for example a timeout occurs again when registration is already in a timeout state Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Any valid URI Example action uri registration event htt...

Page 946: ...CTION LOCALIP Format Fully qualified URI Default Value Not Applicable Range Up to 128 ASCII characters Example action uri incoming http 10 50 10 140 incoming php number REMOTENUMBER Parameter action uri outgoing Outgoing Call in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an outgoi...

Page 947: ... characters Example action uri offhook http 10 50 10 140 offhook Parameter action uri onhook Onhook in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI for which the phone executes a GET on when an onhook event occurs This parameter can use the following variables LOCALIP CALLDURATION CALLDIRECTION LINESTATE Note The LocalIP Cal...

Page 948: ... cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI that the phone executes a GET on when it transitions from the incoming outgoing calling or connected state into the idle state This parameter uses the following variables to determine the state of the line LINESTATE LOCALIP Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range Any valid URI Example action uri disconnected http fargo ana aastra com disconnected...

Page 949: ...nabled and the phone receives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist i e untrusted server the phone rejects the message Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip xml notify event 1 Parameter action uri xml sip notify Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the URI to be called when an empty...

Page 950: ...alled every action uri poll interval seconds Format HTTP s server path or Fully Qualified Domain Name Default Value N A Range N A Example action uri poll http myserver com myappli xml Parameter action uri poll interval Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Action URI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the interval in seconds between calls from the phone to the action uri poll F...

Page 951: ...ngs Preferences Ring Tones Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Globally sets the type of ring tone on the IP phone Ring tone can be set to one of six distinct rings Format Integer Default Value Aastra Web UI Tone 1 IP Phone UI Tone 1 Configuration Files 0 Tone 1 Range Aastra Web UI IP Phone UI Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Configuration Files 0 Tone 1 1 Tone 2 2 Tone 3 3...

Page 952: ... Options Preferences Tones Tone Set Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Ring Tones Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Globally sets a tone set for a specific country Format Text Default Value US Range Australia Europe generic tones France Germany Italy Mexico Brazil Russia United Kingdom UK US also used in Canada Example tone set Germany ...

Page 953: ... Description Sets the type of ring tone on the IP phone on a per line basis Ring tone can be set to one of six distinct rings Note LineN is applicable to lines 1 through 9 Not applicable to the 6751i Format Integer Default Value Aastra Web UI Global Configuration Files 1 Global Range Aastra Web UI Global Tone 1 Tone 2 Tone 3 Tone 4 Tone 5 Silent Configuration Files 1 Global 0 Tone 1 1 Tone 2 2 Ton...

Page 954: ...you were dialling continues to display in the LCD The phones sends the incoming call to a free line on the phone or sends busy signal if all remaining lines are busy and the LED for that line blinks You have a choice to ignore the incoming call or answer the incoming call on another line via the Ignore and Answer softkeys that display If you choose to answer the incoming call you can answer the ca...

Page 955: ...ow Barge In setting The incoming call interrupts your dialing on an outgoing intercom call On an incoming intercom call the enabled Allow Barge In and Auto Answer occurs while you are dialing to transfer or conference the call However the incoming call goes to an available idle line and the LED blinks while you are dialing the second half of the conference or transfer If Incoming Call Interrupts D...

Page 956: ...eter switch focus to ringing line Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies whether or not the UI focus is switched to a ringing line while the phone is in the connected state Format Boolean Default Value 1 enable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example switch focus to ringing line 1 ...

Page 957: ...Value 1 Range 0 none disables the preferred line focus feature 1 to 9 Example preferred line 2 Parameter preferred line timeout Preferred Line Timeout seconds in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Description Specifies the time in seconds that the phone switches back to the preferred line after a call incoming or outgoing ends on the phon...

Page 958: ... hangs up the active call For 8 and 11 Line LCD phones If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the phone displays softkey 1 as answer and softkey 2 as ignore You can press the required softkey as applicable For 3 Line LCD phones If you enable this parameter and the phone receives another call when an active call is already present the...

Page 959: ...isabled Stuttered Dial Tone in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enable or disables the playing of a stuttered dial tone when there is a message waiting on the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example stuttered disabled 1 ...

Page 960: ...busy unless Call Forward Busy or Call Forward No Answer and Busy is configured on the phone It will then forward the call according to the rule configured The phone can only transfer the currently active call or accept transferred calls if there is no active calls If call waiting is disabled on the 6757i CT base and the handset is currently on a call all additional incoming calls are rejected on t...

Page 961: ...iting tone 0 Parameter mwi led line Message Waiting Indicator Line in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences General Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable the Message Waiting Indicator MWI on a single line or on all lines on the phone For example if you set this parameter to 3 the LED illuminates if a voice mail is pending on line 3 If you set this parame...

Page 962: ...disturb DND account Sets DND for a specific account DND key toggles the account in focus on the IP Phone UI to ON or OFF phone Sets DND ON for all accounts on the phone DND key toggles all accounts on the phone to ON or OFF custom Sets the phone to display custom screens after pressing the DND key that list the account s on the phone The user can select a specific account for DND turn DND ON for a...

Page 963: ...ing calls Format Boolean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false 1 true Example priority alerting enabled 0 Parameter alert auto call distribution auto call distribution in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert acd keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is...

Page 964: ...ault Value 0 Normal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert community 1 3 Parameter alert community 2 community 2 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert community 2 keyword appears in the header of the INVITE reque...

Page 965: ...rmal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert community 3 1 Parameter alert community 4 community 4 in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert community 4 keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configur...

Page 966: ...fault Value 0 Normal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert external 4 Parameter alert emergency alert emergency in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert emergency keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request...

Page 967: ...l ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert group 4 Parameter alert internal alert internal in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Priority Alerting Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description When an alert internal keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ...

Page 968: ...er of the INVITE request the configured Bellcore ring tone is applied to the IP phone Format Integer Default Value 0 Normal ringing Range 0 Normal ringing default 1 Bellcore dr2 2 Bellcore dr3 3 Bellcore dr4 4 Bellcore dr5 5 Silent Example alert priority 4 Parameter bellcore cadence dr2 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Sets the cadence for Bellcore dr2 Note You can define up to 8...

Page 969: ...rameter bellcore cadence dr4 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Sets the cadence for Bellcore dr4 Note You can define up to 8 cadence rings The value of 1 indicates do not repeat Format Integer Default Value 300 200 1000 200 300 4000 Range N A Example bellcore cadence dr4 300 200 1000 200 300 300 200 4000 Parameter bellcore cadence dr5 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Descrip...

Page 970: ... do not display diversion information to the phone s LCD 1 enabled display diversion information to the phone s LCD Example sip diversion display 0 Parameter sip lineN diversion display N is a line number from 1 to 9 Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description For a specific line on the phone this parameter enables disables the display of the Caller ID and or caller name and reason for dive...

Page 971: ...on for Incoming Calls Parameter show call destination name Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enable disables the display of the call destination name to the LCD on the phone during incoming calls Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example show call destination name 1 ...

Page 972: ...the IP Phone UI and the Aastra Web UI Valid values for all phones are 0 English 1 French 2 Spanish 3 German 4 Italian 5 Portuguese 6 Russian Valid values for CT cordless handsets are 0 English 1 French 2 Spanish Note All languages may not be available for selection The available languages are dependant on the language packs currently loaded to the IP phone For more information about loading langua...

Page 973: ...s you to specify the language to use for inputs on the IP Phone Entering a language value for this parameter allows users to enter text and characters in the IP Phone UI Aastra Web UI and in XML applications via the keypad on the phone in the language s specified Format Text Default Value English Range Valid values are English French Français German Deutsch Italian Italiano Spanish Español Portugu...

Page 974: ...lang_ru txt Russian You can use this parameter in three ways To download no language packs To download a language pack s from the original configuration server To download a language pack s from another specified server Notes 1 The languages packs you load are dependant on available language packs from the configuration server For more information about loading language packs see Loading Language ...

Page 975: ...ndard ISO 3166 on page A 190 Default Value N A Range N A Example The following example downloads no language pack file language 1 The following example downloads the German language pack to the phones from the original configuration server language 1 lang_de txt The following example uses FTP to download the firmware file lang_de txt German language pack from the path directory on server 1 2 3 4 u...

Page 976: ...or the IP phone language packs Country Codes from Standard ISO 3166 Language Language Code English en European French fr French Canadian fr_ca European Spanish es Mexican Spanish es_mx German de Italian it Portuguese pt Brazillian Portuguese br_pt Russian ru Country Country Code AFGHANISTAN ÅLAND ISLANDS ALBANIA ALGERIA AMERICAN SAMOA ANDORRA ANGOLA ANGUILLA ANTARCTICA ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA ARGENTIN...

Page 977: ...NEI DARUSSALAM BULGARIA BURKINA FASO BURUNDI BS BH BD BB BY BE BZ BJ BM BT BO BA BW BV BR IO BN BG BF BI CAMBODIA CAMEROON CANADA CAPE VERDE CAYMAN ISLANDS CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC CHAD CHILE CHINA CHRISTMAS ISLAND COCOS KEELING ISLANDS COLOMBIA COMOROS CONGO CONGO THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE COOK ISLANDS COSTA RICA CÔTE D IVOIRE CROATIA CUBA CYPRUS CZECH REPUBLIC KH CM CA CV KY CF TD CL CN CX ...

Page 978: ...FALKLAND ISLANDS MALVINAS FAROE ISLANDS FIJI FINLAND FRANCE FRENCH GUIANA FRENCH POLYNESIA FRENCH SOUTHERN TERRITORIES FK FO FJ FI FR GF PF TF GABON GAMBIA GEORGIA GERMANY GHANA GIBRALTAR GREECE GREENLAND GRENADA GUADELOUPE GUAM GUATEMALA GUERNSEY GUINEA GUINEA BISSAU GUYANA GA GM GE DE GH GI GR GL GD GP GU GT GG GN GW GY HAITI HEARD ISLAND AND MCDONALD ISLANDS HOLY SEE VATICAN CITY STATE HONDURAS...

Page 979: ...ITALY IS IN ID IR IQ IE IM IL IT JAMAICA JAPAN JERSEY JORDAN JM JP JE JO KAZAKHSTAN KENYA KIRIBATI KOREA DEMOCRATIC PEOPLE S REPUBLIC OF KOREA REPUBLIC OF KUWAIT KYRGYZSTAN KZ KE KI KP KR KW KG LAO PEOPLE S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC LATVIA LEBANON LESOTHO LIBERIA LIBYAN ARAB JAMAHIRIYA LIECHTENSTEIN LITHUANIA LUXEMBOURG LA LV LB LS LR LY LI LT LU Country Country Code ...

Page 980: ...ANIA MAURITIUS MAYOTTE MEXICO MICRONESIA FEDERATED STATES OF MOLDOVA REPUBLIC OF MONACO MONGOLIA MONTENEGRO MONTSERRAT MOROCCO MOZAMBIQUE MYANMAR MO MK MG MW MY MV ML MT MH MQ MR MU YT MX FM MD MC MN ME MS MA MZ MM NAMIBIA NAURU NEPAL NETHERLANDS NETHERLANDS ANTILLES NEW CALEDONIA NEW ZEALAND NICARAGUA NIGER NIGERIA NIUE NORFOLK ISLAND NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS NORWAY NA NR NP NL AN NC NZ NI NE NG ...

Page 981: ...ease 2 5 A 195 PAKISTAN PALAU PALESTINIAN TERRITORY OCCUPIED PANAMA PAPUA NEW GUINEA PARAGUAY PERU PHILIPPINES PITCAIRN POLAND PORTUGAL PUERTO RICO PK PW PS PA PG PY PE PH PN PL PT PR QATAR QA RÉUNION ROMANIA RUSSIAN FEDERATION RWANDA RE RO RU RW Country Country Code ...

Page 982: ...LOVENIA SOLOMON ISLANDS SOMALIA SOUTH AFRICA SOUTH GEORGIA AND THE SOUTH SANDWICH ISLANDS SPAIN SRI LANKA SUDAN SURINAME SVALBARD AND JAN MAYEN SWAZILAND SWEDEN SWITZERLAND SYRIAN ARAB REPUBLIC SH KN LC PM VC WS SM ST SA SN RS SC SL SG SK SI SB SO ZA GS ES LK SD SR SJ SZ SE CH SY TAIWAN PROVINCE OF CHINA TAJIKISTAN TANZANIA UNITED REPUBLIC OF THAILAND TIMOR LESTE TOGO TOKELAU TONGA TRINIDAD AND TO...

Page 983: ...STATES UNITED STATES MINOR OUTLYING ISLANDS URUGUAY UZBEKISTAN UG TA AE GB US TM UY UZ VANUATU Vatican City State VENEZUELA VIET NAM VIRGIN ISLANDS BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS U S VU see HOLY SEE VE VN VG VI WALLIS AND FUTUNA WESTERN SAHARA WF EH YEMEN YE Zaire ZAMBIA ZIMBABWE see CONGO THE DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE ZM ZW Country Country Code ...

Page 984: ... playback when a number is dialed from the softkeys or programmable keys When you disable the suppression of DTMF playback and you press a softkey or programmable key the IP phone dials the stored number and displays each digit as dialed in the LCD window When you enable the suppression of DTMF playback the IP phone dials the stored number and displays the entire number immediately in the LCD wind...

Page 985: ...e network that you generate when you press the phone s touch keys This is also known as touchtone dialing Each key you press on your phone generates two tones of specific frequencies One tone is generated from a high frequency group of tones and the other from a low frequency group If enabled this parameter displays the digits on the IP phone display if you are dialing from the keypad or from a so...

Page 986: ... Settings Preferences Outgoing Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Determines whether the IP phone or the server is responsible for notifying the recipient that an Intercom call is being placed Format Integer Default Value For Aastra Web UI Off For Configuration Files 3 Off Range For Aastra Web UI Phone Side Server Side Off For Configuration Files 1 Phone Side 2 Se...

Page 987: ... Format String Default Value N A Range N A Example sip intercom prefix code 96 Parameter sip intercom line Line in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Outgoing Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the line for which the IP phone uses the configuration from when making the Intercom call The IP phone uses the first available line for physically m...

Page 988: ...e answering the intercom call If auto answer is disabled the phone rejects the incoming intercom call and sends a busy signal to the caller Format Boolean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false do not allow auto answer 1 true allow auto answer Example sip allow auto answer 0 Parameter sip intercom mute mic Microphone Mute in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Incoming Intercom Settings Co...

Page 989: ...I Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Incoming Intercom Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enable or disables how the phone handles incoming intercom calls while the phone is on an active call When you enable this parameter 1 enable which is the default value an incoming intercom call takes precedence over any active call by placing the active call on hold and automat...

Page 990: ...label Group 1 softkey1 value 224 0 0 2 10000 239 0 1 20 15000 Parameter paging group listening Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Group Paging RTP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the multicast address es and the port on which the phone listens for incoming multicast RTP packets Note If this field is blank Paging listening capability is disabled on the ph...

Page 991: ...x gain settings to best suit your comfort level and deployment environment Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 10 db to 10 db Example headset tx gain 5 Parameter headset sidetone gain Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the is the increased db or decreased db amount of sidetone signal from the headset microphone to the headset speaker The amount of sidetone gain in the IP p...

Page 992: ...ttings to best suit your comfort level and deployment environment Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 10 db to 10 db Example handset tx gain 5 Parameter handset sidetone gain Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the increased db or decreased db amount of sidetone signal from the handset microphone to the handset speaker The amount of sidetone gain in the IP phone firmware ha...

Page 993: ... base microphone to the far end party The amount of Tx gain in the IP phone firmware has been reduced to avoid side tone and echo on the local and far end equipment This parameter allows you to adjust the Tx gain settings to best suit your comfort level and deployment environment Note The example below increases the speakerphone mic transmit gain by 10 db Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 10 db...

Page 994: ...en the two modes by pressing the d fkey When on speaker you can return to using the handset by placing the handset on the cradle and picking it up again 1 Headset Calls can be made or received using the headset Calls can be switched between the headset and handset by pressing the d fkey 2 Speaker headset Incoming calls are sent to the speakerphone By pressing the d f key you can switch between the...

Page 995: ...le on your server that the phone automatically dials when dialing the Directed Call Pickup number For example for Broadsoft servers you can enter a value of 98 for the directed call pickup prefix When the phone performs the Directed Call Pickup after pressing a BLF or BLF List softkey the phone prepends the 98 value to the designated extension of the BLF or BLF List softkey when dialing out Notes ...

Page 996: ...ng splash Play a Ring Splash in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Directed Call Pickup Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the playing of a short call waiting tone when there is an incoming call on the BLF monitored extension If the host tone is idle the tone plays a ring splash Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 ena...

Page 997: ...e use of the ACD Auto Available Timer Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example acd auto available 1 Parameter acd auto available timer Auto Available Timer in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Auto Call Distribution Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the length of time in seconds before the IP phone status switches ...

Page 998: ...es aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the code to enter before entering the extension for where you want to park an incoming call The applicable value is dependant on the type of server in the network Server Park Values Asterisk 70 Sylantro 98 BroadWorks 68 ININ PBX callpark Leave value fields blank to disable the park and pickup feature Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Blank Ran...

Page 999: ...cifies the code to enter before entering the extension for where you want to pickup a parked call The applicable value is dependant on the type of server in the network Server Pickup Values Asterisk 70 Sylantro 99 BroadWorks 88 ININ PBX pickup Leave value fields blank to disable the park and pickup feature Format Alphanumeric characters Default Value Blank Range See applicable values in the table ...

Page 1000: ... the key is active and can be pressed by the user If this parameter is set to 1 pressing the Redial key is ignored and the dialed number is not saved to the Redial List Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example redial disabled 1 Parameter conference disabled Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables the Conf key on the IP phone If this parameter...

Page 1001: ...r disabled 1 Parameter map redial key to Map Redial Key To in Web UI Aastra Web UI Basic Settings Preferences Key Mapping Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Sets the Redial key as a speeddial key if a value is entered for this parameter If you leave this parameter blank the Redial key returns to its original functionality Note If you configure the Redial key for speeddialing on the...

Page 1002: ...e is entered for this parameter If you leave this parameter blank the Conf key returns to its original functionality Note If you configure the Conf key for speeddialing on the 6757i CT Base Station the Conf key on the 6757i CT handset retains its original functionality The Conf key on the handset is not configured for speeddial Format Integer Default Value N A Range N A Example map conf key to 555...

Page 1003: ...P phone totaling 108 softkeys Valid for 6753i 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT phones The M675i expansion module consists of 60 softkeys You can have up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totaling 180 softkeys Valid for 6755i 6757i and 6757i CT phones IP Phone Model Softkeys Expansion Module Keys Programmable Keys Lines Available Handset Keys Available 9143i Not Applicable 7 9 9480i 6 Not Applicable 9 ...

Page 1004: ...A 218 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide On the 6753i two of the 6 programmable keys are the DELETE and SAVE keys and can be programmed only if Administrator allows Note When entering definitions for softkeys the sign must be enclosed in quotes ...

Page 1005: ...e call on hold and then press the speeddial key dnd Indicates softkey is configured for do not disturb on the phone This option is Do Not Disturb in the Aastra Web UI You must also set the DND key mode See blf Indicates softkey is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key Maximum of 50 BLFs are applicable to the M670i and M675i also list Indicates softkey is ...

Page 1006: ... use this softkey Account mode is the default blf xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddial xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number speeddial conf Indicates the softkey is configured to be used as a speeddial key AND as a conference key dir Indicates the softkey...

Page 1007: ...ark pickup lcr callforward blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI dir icom services phonelock paging empty Example softkey1 type line softkey2 type speeddial softkey3 type lcr softkey4 type xml Directed Call Pickup on Extension 2200 softkey2 type dcp softkey2 label dcp2200 softkey2 value 2200 softkey2 states incoming outgoing idle connected Group Call Pickup o...

Page 1008: ...nly speeddial blf acd dcp xml flash sprecode park pickup blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf dir callers icom services paging Notes 1 For 8 and 11 Line LCD phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If the softkeyN type parameter is set to flash and no label value is entered for the softkeyN label parameter the label of Flash is used Format Text Def...

Page 1009: ...er from the keypad on the phone blf sprecode park pickup dcp xml blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf paging Notes 1 For speeddial Value is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the softkey 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 4 For Park Pickup For valid values see Chapter 5 the section Park Pickup...

Page 1010: ... 224 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range N A Example softkey1 value 9 softkey2 value 411 softkey4value http 10 50 10 140script pl name SIPUSERNAME softkey5 value 123456 example of a speeddial prefix ...

Page 1011: ...mac cfg Description This is the line associated with the softkey you are configuring The number of applicable lines available is dependent on the specific IP phone model The softkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf blf list acd dcp park pickup lcr blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example softkey1 li...

Page 1012: ...ftkeyN states parameter is associated with softkey 12 softkey12 type speeddial softkey12 label voicemail softkey12 value 89 softkey12 states outgoing Note The IP phone idle screen condenses the softkeys So in the previous example softkey 12 will appear in position 1 if no other softkeys are set A softkey type of empty does not display on the idle screen at all Format Text Default Value For softkey...

Page 1013: ... displayed is in an active call or the call is on hold incoming The phone is ringing outgoing The user is dialing a number or the far end is ringing busy The current line is busy because the line is in use or the line is set as Do Not Disturb Note For softkey type Pickup values can be just idle just outgoing or idle outgoing Example softkey1 states idle incoming outgoing softkey2 states connected ...

Page 1014: ...ugh the active voice path To dial out you have to first put the active call on hold and then press the speeddial key dnd Indicates programmable key is configured for do not disturb on the phone This option is Do Not Disturb in the Aastra Web UI blf Indicates programmable key is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key list Indicates programmable key is confi...

Page 1015: ...e programmable key is configured to transfer calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddial xfer Indicates the programmable key is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number speeddial conf Indicates the programmable key is configured to be used as a speeddial key AND as a conference key dir Indicates programmable key is configured to access the Direct...

Page 1016: ...ot disturb in the Aastra Web UI blf list BLF List in the Aastra Web UI acd Auto call distribution in the Aastra Web UI dcp Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI xml flash sprecode park pickup lcr callforward directory callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI conf xfer blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf phonelock services paging empty Example prgkey3 type speeddial ...

Page 1017: ... blf sprecode dcp xml park pickup blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf paging Notes 1 For speeddial Value is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the programmable key 2 For line Value is optional for example L4 3 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 4 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 5 For xml You can specify a URI to use for this XM...

Page 1018: ...eter prgkeyN line Line in Web UI Aastra Web UI Operation Programmable Keys Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This is the line associated with the programmable key you are configuring The prgkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf blf List acd dcp park pickup lcr blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 ...

Page 1019: ...tkey is configured for do not disturb on the phone This option is Do Not Disturb in the Aastra Web UI blf Indicates softkey is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key list Indicates softkey is configured for BLF list use This option is BLF List in the Aastra Web UI User can dial out on a BLF List configured key You can also use the BLF List URI parameter to...

Page 1020: ...e this softkey Account mode is the default blf xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for BLF on a single key speeddial xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number speeddial conf Indicates the softkey is configured to be used as a speeddial key AND as a conference key callers Indicates the softke...

Page 1021: ...Web UI acd Auto call distribution in the Aastra Web UI dcp Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI xml flash sprecode callforward park pickup blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf lcr callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI directory icom services phonelock paging empty Example topsoftkey1 type line topsoftkey2 type speeddial topsoftkey3 type lcr topsoftkey4 type xml ...

Page 1022: ...pes only speeddial blf acd dcp xml flash sprecode park pickup blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf paging directory callers list icom services Notes 1 For the 6757i and 6757i CT phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If the topsoftkeyN type parameter is set to flash and no label value is entered for the topsoftkeyN label parameter the label of Fl...

Page 1023: ...st of the number from the keypad on the phone blf sprecode park pickup dcp xml blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf paging Notes 1 For speeddial Value is the phone number extension or prefix number to enter for the softkey 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For sprecode Value is dependent on services offered by server 4 For Park Pickup For valid values see Chapter 5 the secti...

Page 1024: ...1 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide Format String Default Value Not Applicable Range N A Example topsoftkey1 value 9 topsoftkey2 value 411 topsoftkey4value http 10 50 10 140script pl name SIPUSERNAME topsoftkey5 value 12345 example of a speeddial prefix ...

Page 1025: ...fg mac cfg Description This is the line associated with the softkey you are configuring The number of applicable lines available is dependent on the specific IP phone model The topsoftkeyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf blf list acd dcp park pickup lcr blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 through 9 Example topso...

Page 1026: ...st The Private key toggles a number in the Directory List to private The Public key allows a number in the Directory List to be sent to the handsets A 6757i CT accepts a maximum of 50 entries with the public attribute icom Indicates the feature key is set to be used to make an intercom call dir Indicates the feature key is set for accessing the Directory List callers Indicates the feature key is s...

Page 1027: ...text label that displays on the IP phone for the feature key Notes 1 For the 6757i CT phones an icon appears beside the feature key label that indicates the status of the line 2 If a feature key is configured but no label is set the IP phone sets the label to the English French or Spanish translation of the chosen action The language used is based on the current language of the cordless handset Fo...

Page 1028: ...eb UI blf Indicates softkey is configured for Busy Lamp Field BLF use User can dial out on a BLF configured key list Indicates softkey is configured for BLF list use This option is BLF List in the Aastra Web UI User can dial out on a BLF List configured key You can also use the BLF List URI parameter to specify a URI for the phone to access for the BLF List acd for Sylantro Servers only Indicates ...

Page 1029: ...l xfer Indicates the softkey is configured to transfer calls AND configured for speeddialing to a specific number speeddial conf Indicates the softkey is configured to be used as a speeddial key AND as a conference key callers Indicates the softkey is set for accessing the Callers List directory Indicates the softkey is set for accessing the Directory List icom Indicates the softkey is set to be u...

Page 1030: ...eb UI acd Auto call distribution in the Aastra Web UI dcp Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI xml flash sprecode park pickup lcr callforward blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI directory icom services not available on the 6753i phonelock paging empty Example expmod1 key1 type line expmod1 key2 type speeddial expmod1 key3 type blf expmod1 key4 type lis...

Page 1031: ...yN label parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf acd dcp xml flash sprecode park pickup directory callers list icom services blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf paging Notes 1 For 8 and 11 Line LCD phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line Format Text Default Value Not Applicable Range For line blf types Up to 9 charac...

Page 1032: ...peeddial blf dcp xml sprecode park pickup directory callers Callers List in Aastra Web UI icom services not available on 6753i blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf paging Notes 1 For the 6757i and 6757i CT phones an icon appears beside the soft key label that indicates the status of the line 2 For blf Value is the extension you want to monitor 3 For xml You can specify a URI to use for this XML ...

Page 1033: ...y Programmable Key Feature Key Expansion Module Key Parameters 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 A 247 Example expmod1 key1 value 9 expmod1 key2 value 411 expmod1 key3 value 123456 example of a speeddial prefix ...

Page 1034: ...ac cfg Description This is the line associated with the softkey you are configuring on the Expansion Module The number of applicable lines available is dependent on the specific IP phone model The expmodX keyN line parameter can be set for the following softkey types only speeddial blf blf list acd dcp lcr park pickup blf xfer speeddial xfer speeddial conf Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 th...

Page 1035: ...splays ALL of the key types by default in the Aastra Web UI 1 Any key types configured that do not apply to the phone s environment are ignored 2 The SAVE and DELETE keys appear by default as Keys 1 and 2 on the 6753i and 9143i and as 5 and 6 on the 6730i and 6731i unless specifically changed by your Administrator 3 An Administrator must use the English value when configuring the key types in the ...

Page 1036: ...ey types in the Default Value field above Example softkey selection list blf speeddial line xml none callforward line blf xfer speeddial speeddial xfer dnd speeddial conf blf directory list callers acd conf 6730i 6731i 6753i 9143i dcp xfer 6730i 6731i 6753i 9143i xml icom flash services sprecode phonelock park paging pickup empty 6755i 6757i 6757 CT 9480i 9480i CT lcr ...

Page 1037: ...n the Aastra Web UI 1 Any key types configured that do not apply to the phone s environment are ignored 2 An Administrator must use the English value when configuring the key types in the configuration files 3 Any key type already configured on a phone displays in that key s Type list in addition to the values specified for this parameter 4 After configuring specific key types for a phone the key ...

Page 1038: ...ffects the following parameters softkeyN type softkeyN label softkeyN value softkeyN line softkeyN states Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example softkey1 locked 1 Parameter topsoftkeyN locked Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Locks the specified top softkey on the 6757i or 6757i CT IP phone Locking the key prevents a user from changing or configuri...

Page 1039: ...nfiguration Affects the following parameters prgkeyN type prgkeyN value prgkeyN line Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 disable 1 enable Example prgkey1 locked 1 Parameter featurekeyN locked Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Locks the specified feature key on the CT handset Locking the key prevents a user from changing or configuring the feature key When a key is locke...

Page 1040: ...oftkey on the 5 Series Expansion Module attached to the IP phone Locking the key prevents a user from changing or configuring the softkey on the expansion module When a key is locked the phone uses the server settings and ignores any previous local configuration Affects the following parameters expmodX keyN type expmodX keyN value expmodX keyN line Format Boolean Default Value 0 disable Range 0 di...

Page 1041: ...om the Save key to another function removes the ability to save items on the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 lock Range 0 unlock 1 lock Example prgkey1 locked 0 Parameter prgkey2 locked Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to lock or unlock the Delete key on the 6753i IP Phone When the Delete key is unlocked a User can change the function of the key using the Aastr...

Page 1042: ...meter is set to disabled No it blocks the user from using any of the features on the phone to create or edit a speeddial key Format Boolean Default Value 1 Enabled Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example speeddial edit 0 Parameter list uri BLF List URI in Web UI Aastra Web UI Operation Softkeys and XML Services Operation Programmable Keys Services Operation Expansion Module Keys Services Configuration ...

Page 1043: ...odule 1 expmod1page1left Expansion Module 1 Page 1 left column expmod1page2left Expansion Module 1 Page 2 left column expmod1page3left Expansion Module 1 Page 3 left column Expansion Module 2 expmod2page1left Expansion Module 2 Page 1 left column expmod2page2left Expansion Module 2 Page 2 left column expmod2page3left Expansion Module 2 Page 3 left column Expansion Module 3 expmod3page1left Expansi...

Page 1044: ...n Module 1 Page 1 right column expmod1page2right Expansion Module 1 Page 2 right column expmod1page3right Expansion Module 1 Page 3 right column Expansion Module 2 expmod2page1right Expansion Module 2 Page 1 right column expmod2page2right Expansion Module 2 Page 2 right column expmod2page3right Expansion Module 2 Page 3 right column Expansion Module 3 expmod3page1right Expansion Module 3 Page 1 ri...

Page 1045: ...Description Forces the phone to use the Blind Transfer method available in software prior to release 1 4 This method sends the CANCEL message after the REFER message when blind transferring a call Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip cancel after blind transfer 1 Parameter sip update callerid Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or di...

Page 1046: ...t force web recovery If this parameter is set to 0 press 1 and keys during boot up when the logo displays to force the web recovery mode Format Boolean Default Value 0 false Range 0 false 1 true Example force web recovery mode disabled 1 Parameter max boot count Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the number of faulty boots that occur before the phone is forced into Web re...

Page 1047: ... to 1 you can make separate active calls from the 6757i CT and 9480i CT base unit and from the cordless handset If this feature is disabled set to 0 only one call can be active at a time either from the base unit or from the handset When this feature is disabled and you make an active call on either the base unit or the handset any other attempt to make an active call is put on hold Also when this...

Page 1048: ...r this amount of time Note The value of 0 disables the blacklist feature Format Integer Default Value 300 5 minutes Range 0 to 9999999 Example sip blacklist duration 600 Parameter sip whitelist Whitelist Proxy Aastra Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Global SIP Advanced SIP Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description This parameter enables disables the whitelist proxy feature ...

Page 1049: ... xfer script Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies an Xfer script for the phone to use When this parameter is set pressing the Xfer key GETs the specified URI from the server instead of starting the transfer action Format String Default Value empty Range Any valid URI Example xfer script http bluevelvet ana aastra com xfer php Parameter conf script Configuration Files aastra...

Page 1050: ... action Format String Default Value empty Range Any valid URI Example icom script http bluevelvet ana aastra com icom php Parameter voicemail script Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies an Voicemail script for the phone to use When this parameter is set selecting the voicemail option from the Services Menu GETs the specified URI from the server instead of starting the Voice...

Page 1051: ...ng the Options key or the Services Key on the 6751i displays the local Options Menu on the phone Format String Default Value empty Range Any valid URI Example options script http fargo ana aastra com options xml Parameter auto offhook Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies whether or not the phone is prevented from entering the off hook dialing state if the handset is off hoo...

Page 1052: ...rammable keys extension module keys are not allowed 2 Phone allows XML POSTs to the phone as well as XML GETs to from the phone by pressing the XML keys softkeys programmable keys extension module keys Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 2 Example xml lock override 1 Parameter sip symmetric udp signaling Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Allows you to enable or disable the p...

Page 1053: ...Server SIP header from being added to the SIP stack The value of 1 allows these headers to be added Format Boolean Default Value 1 true Range 0 false 1 true Example sip user agent 0 Parameter sip gruu Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables or disables Globally Routable User Agent URI GRUU support on the IP Phone according to draft ietf sip gruu 15 If this parameter is disabled ...

Page 1054: ...one sends out the A DNS lookup to find the IP address 2 NAPTR SRV A First the phone sends NAPTR Naming Authority Pointer lookup to get the SRV pointer and service type such as aastra com SIP 2DT _sip tcp aastra net which means the service prefers to use TCP and _sip tcp aastra net for the SRV query instead of the default _sip _tcp aastra com If the NAPTR record is returned empty then the default v...

Page 1055: ...to the phone Format Boolean Default Value 0 disabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example sip accept out of order requests 1 Parameter sip notify opt headers Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables and disables whether or not the Allow and Allow Events optional headers are included in the SIP NOTIFY messages sent from the phone to the server Format Boolean Default Value 1 Range 0 ...

Page 1056: ...ple sip pai 0 Parameter sip remove route Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Enables and disables the addition of the Route header in a SIP packet Enable this parameter for outbound proxies that do not support Route headers Note When enabled this will break all support for SIP routing so if some other device in the network attempts to add itself to the route it will fail Format Bool...

Page 1057: ...ryption key Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the phone specific encryption key that the configuration server uses to encrypt in a MAC specific configuration file Format String Default Value Not applicable Range String length of 4 to 32 alphanumeric characters Example config encryption key 123abcd ...

Page 1058: ...g mac cfg Description Specifies the IP address for which to save log files for troubleshooting purposes Format IP address Default Value 0 0 0 0 Range Not Applicable Example log server ip 192 168 3 2 Parameter log server port Log Port in Web UI Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Log Settings Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Description Specifies the IP port to use to save log fil...

Page 1059: ... are defined by their format a series of entries posted to a single page in reverse chronological order The IP Phone blogs are separated into modules which allow you to log specific information for analyzing Module Name configuration files linemgr line manager information user interface misc miscellaneous sip call control SIP stack dis display driver dstore delayed storage ept endpoint ind indicat...

Page 1060: ... the line manager user interface and SIP call control modules Example 2 Functions and Info 16 32 48 log module dis 48 log module net 48 log module snd 48 In the above example functions and general information are logged for the display drivers network and sound modules Example 3 log module rtpt 0 log module ind 65535 In the above example all debug levels are OFF for the Real Time Transport module ...

Page 1061: ...er watchdog enable WatchDog in Web UI Configuration Files aastra cfg mac cfg Aastra Web UI Advanced Settings Troubleshooting Description Enables disables the use of the WatchDog task for the IP Phones Format Boolean Default Value 1 enabled Range 0 disabled 1 enabled Example watchdog enable 0 ...

Page 1062: ...Troubleshooting Parameters A 276 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Page 1063: ...he Asterisk IP PBX About this appendix Introduction This appendix describes how to setup a user s phone with an extension to make and receive calls using the Asterisk as the PBX Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX page B 2 ...

Page 1064: ...in the extensions conf file to identify this physical phone when issuing Dial commands phone1 The type to use for the 6757i is friend Peer is used when the Asterisk is contacting a proxy user is used for phones that can only make calls and friend acts as both a peer and a user type friend If your host has an entry in your DNS then you just enter the machines name in the host field host dynamic def...

Page 1065: ...ining the extension for the 6757i phone This definition completes configuring the 6757i phone at the IP PBX system To verify whether the extension has been successfully registered at the IP PBX system enter the Asterisk console and reload Asterisk Use the command sip show peers at the console This will display the extensions that are registered at the IP PBX system This completes the basic set up ...

Page 1066: ......

Page 1067: ... This appendix provides sample configuration files for the 6757i 6757i CT and 6753i Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Sample Configuration Files page C 2 6757i Sample Configuration File page C 2 6757i CT Sample Configuration File page C 12 6753i Sample Configuration File page C 29 ...

Page 1068: ...ample Configuration File Date October 20th 2005 Phone Model 6757i Notes The general format used here is similar to configuration files used by several UNIX based programs Any text following a number sign is considered to be a comment unless the number sign is contained within double quotes where it is considered to be a pound For Boolean fields 0 false 1 true Comments This file contains sample con...

Page 1069: ...settings server wide while the mac cfg file configures only the phone with the MAC address for which the file is named for example 00085d0304f4 cfg The settings in the aastra cfg file will be overridden by settings which also appear in the mac cfg file DHCP Setting dhcp 1 DHCP enabled DHCP 0 false means DHCP is disabled 1 true means DHCP is enabled Notes DHCP is normally set from the Options list ...

Page 1070: ...a server and should be set in the mac cfg file if setting this manually subnet mask default gateway dns1 dns2 Time Server Settings time server disabled 1 Time server disabled time server1 Enable time server and enter at time server2 least one time server IP address or time server3 qualified domain name Time Server Disabled 0 false means the time server is not disabled 1 true means the time server ...

Page 1071: ...er controller you should set the outbound proxy to the session border controller address sip outbound proxy sbc aastra com sip outbound proxy port 0 a value of 0 enables SRV lookups for the address of the proxy Option 3 If you know the public IP address of your NAT device and and have opened up a port for the SIP messages then you can statically assign this information sip nat ip 67 123 122 90 sip...

Page 1072: ...0 130 alternate tftp server use alternate tftp server 1 If your DHCP server assigns a TFTP server address which you do not use you can use the alternate tftp server FTP server settings ftp server 192 168 0 131 can be IP or FQDN ftp username aastra ftp password 6757iaastra HTTP server settings for http bogus aastra com firmware http server bogus aastra com can be IP or FQDN http path firmware Dial ...

Page 1073: ...atches any number inside the brackets can be used with a to represent a range expression grouping either or If the dialled number doesn t match the dial plan then the call is rejected sip digit timeout 3 set the inter digit timeout in seconds Example dial plans sip dial plan x xx this is the default dial string note that is must be quoted since it contains a character sip dial plan 01 xxx 2 8 xxxx...

Page 1074: ... protocol 0 use UDP 1 TCP 2 or both 0 for sip messaging sip use basic codecs 1 limit codecs to G711 and G729 sip out of band dtmf 0 turn off support for RFC2833 on by default Global SIP User Settings Notes These settings are used as the default configuration for the hard key lines on the phone That is L1 to L4 on the 6757i and 6757iCT L1 to L3 on the 6753i These can be over ridden on a per line ba...

Page 1075: ... Nortel line sip proxy ip proxy aastra com IP address or FQDN of proxy sip proxy port 5060 port used for SIP messages on the proxy Set to 0 to enable SRV lookups sip registrar ip aastra com IP address or FQDN of registrar sip registrar port 0 as proxy port but for the registrar sip registration period 3600 registration period in seconds Per line SIP Settings configure line 3 as the support Broadso...

Page 1076: ...registration period 60 Softkey Settings Softkeys can be set either server wide or unique to each phone Setting softkeys as line call appearances should be done in the mac cfg file since these are unique to each phone Notes There are a maximum of 18 softkeys that can be configured on the 6757i or 6757iCT phone These can be set up through either of the 2 configuration files depending on whether this...

Page 1077: ... hook can be set for the value If softkey type is blf it is the extension you want to monitor SOFTKEY LINE This is line associated with the softkey For line softkeys the value must be between 5 and 9 1 4 are already hardcoded as the L1 L2 L3 and L4 hard key line call appearances Speed Dials softkey1 type speeddial softkey1 label Ext Pickup softkey1 value 8 softkey2 type speeddial softkey2 label Ca...

Page 1078: ...to be a comment unless the number sign is contained within double quotes where it is considered to be a pound For Boolean fields 0 false 1 true Comments This file contains sample configurations for the aastra cfg or mac cfg file The settings included here are examples only You should change comment the values to suit your requirements Not all possible paramters are shown refer to the admin guide f...

Page 1079: ...the phone with the MAC address for which the file is named for example 00085d0304f4 cfg The settings in the aastra cfg file will be overridden by settings which also appear in the mac cfg file DHCP Setting dhcp 1 DHCP enabled DHCP 0 false means DHCP is disabled 1 true means DHCP is enabled Notes DHCP is normally set from the Options list on the phone or the web interface If DHCP is disabled the fo...

Page 1080: ...C 14 nnn nnnn nnn IP Phone Administrator Guide Network Settings Notes If DHCP is enabled you do not need to set these network settings Although depending on you DHCP server configuration you may still have to set the dns address ...

Page 1081: ...me server1 Enable time server and enter at time server2 least one time server IP address or time server3 qualified domain name Time Server Disabled 0 false means the time server is not disabled 1 true means the time server is disabled NAT Settings Option 1 If you are connecting to a Nortel MCS call server and there is a NAT device between the server and the phone then you must set the following tw...

Page 1082: ...ller address sip outbound proxy sbc aastra com sip outbound proxy port 0 a value of 0 enables SRV lookups for the address of the proxy Option 3 If you know the public IP address of your NAT device and and have opened up a port for the SIP messages then you can statically assign this information sip nat ip 67 123 122 90 sip nat port 5890 Additional Network Settings sip rtp port 3000 Eg RTP packets ...

Page 1083: ... and HTTP TFTP server settings tftp server 192 168 0 130 alternate tftp server use alternate tftp server 1 If your DHCP server assigns a TFTP server address which you do not use you can use the alternate tftp server FTP server settings ftp server 192 168 0 131 can be IP or FQDN ftp username aastra ftp password 6757iaastra HTTP server settings for http bogus aastra com firmware http server bogus aa...

Page 1084: ... 4 5 6 7 8 9 matches the keypad symbols x matches any digit 0 9 matches 0 or more repetitions of the previous expression matches any number inside the brackets can be used with a to represent a range expression grouping either or If the dialled number doesn t match the dial plan then the call is rejected sip digit timeout 3 set the inter digit timeout in seconds Example dial plans sip dial plan x ...

Page 1085: ...xy in the dial string General SIP Settings sip session timer 30 enable support of RFC4028 the default value of 0 disables this functionality sip transport protocol 0 use UDP 1 TCP 2 or both 0 for sip messaging sip use basic codecs 1 limit codecs to G711 and G729 sip out of band dtmf 0 turn off support for RFC2833 on by default Global SIP User Settings Notes These settings are used as the default c...

Page 1086: ...ller name sent out when making a call sip vmail 78 the number to reach voicemail on sip auth name jsmith account used to authenticate user sip password 12345 password for authentication account sip mode 0 line type 0 generic 1 BroadSoft SCA line 2 Nortel line sip proxy ip proxy aastra com IP address or FQDN of proxy sip proxy port 5060 port used for SIP messages on the proxy Set to 0 to enable SRV...

Page 1087: ...line3 auth name support sip line3 password 54321 sip line3 mode 1 sip line3 vmail 78 configure line 5 a soft key line as an ordinary line of a test server sip line5 screen name Test 1 sip line5 user name 5551001 sip line5 display name Test 1 sip line5 auth name 5551001 sip line5 password 5551001 sip line5 mode 0 sip line5 proxy ip 10 50 10 102 sip line5 proxy port 5060 sip line5 registrar ip 10 50...

Page 1088: ...s speeddials or as additional call line appearances and have a type label and value associated with it as seen here in the default softkey settings SOFTKEY TYPES line speeddial blf list dnd SOFTKEY LABEL Alpha numeric name for the softkey The maximum number of characters for this value is 10 for speeddials and dnd 9 chars for lines blf SOFTKEY VALUE If softkey type is a speeddial any DTMFs from 0 ...

Page 1089: ...ype line softkey6 label Test 1 softkey6 line 5 blf softkey8 type blf softkey8 label Jane Doe softkey8 value 4559 softkey8 line 1 list softkey11 type list softkey12 type list Cordless Handset Feature Keys Notes In addition to the configuration parameters that exist on the 6757i phone following are the parameters specific to the 6757i Cordless phones handset These parameters can be defined either in...

Page 1090: ...s N corresponds to the feature key that is being configured for and ranges from 0 14 Feature key N En label String Feature key N Fr label Fr String Feature key N Sp label Sp String Feature key N control 1 Takes an integer value Feature key N hs event 1 Takes an integer value Feature key N base event 1 Takes an integer value key list version 1 The parameter value has to be incremented by one whenev...

Page 1091: ...ey Do not show it in the Feature keys list in the cordless handset and do not let the user modify this key using the phone or the web client Feature key 0 hs event 7 These events are for handset specific events Events can be local to the handset like directory caller s list intercom etc or may be an event that is sent to the base set for fruther processing When this key is configured as a base eve...

Page 1092: ...1 Seize base set s line1 2 Seize base set s line2 3 Seize base set s line3 4 Seize base set s line4 5 Seize base set s line5 6 Seize base set s line6 7 Seize base set s line7 8 Seize base set s line8 9 Seize base set s line9 10 Seize base set s line0 11 Send the base set s transfer event 12 Send the base set s conference event 13 Make feature list public Example configuration key list version 1 Fe...

Page 1093: ...r Feature key 2 Sp label Sp Xfer Feature key 2 control 2 Feature key 2 hs event 9 Feature key 2 base event 11 Feature key 3 En label Icom Feature key 3 Fr label Fr Icom Feature key 3 Sp label Sp Icom Feature key 3 control 1 Feature key 3 hs event 86 Feature key 3 base event 13 Feature key 4 En label Opt Feature key 4 Fr label Fr Opt Feature key 4 Sp label Sp Opt Feature key 4 hs event 58 Feature k...

Page 1094: ...Feature key 7 En label Redial Feature key 7 Fr label Fr Redial Feature key 7 Sp label Sp Redial Feature key 7 hs event 60 Feature key 7 control 4 Feature key 7 base event 13 Feature key 8 En label Dir Feature key 8 Fr label Fr Dir Feature key 8 Sp label Sp Dir Feature key 8 hs event 61 Feature key 8 control 2 Feature key 8 base event 13 Feature key 9 En label Services Feature key 9 Fr label Fr Ser...

Page 1095: ...contains sample configurations for the aastra cfg or mac cfg file The settings included here are examples only You should change comment the values to suit your requirements Not all possible paramters are shown refer to the admin guide for the full list of supported parameters their defaults and valid ranges The Aastra 6757i 6757iCT and 6753i phones will download 2 configuration files from the TFT...

Page 1096: ...1 DHCP enabled DHCP 0 false means DHCP is disabled 1 true means DHCP is enabled Notes DHCP is normally set from the Options list on the phone or the web interface If DHCP is disabled the following network settings will have to be configured manually either through the configuration files the Options List in the phone or the Web Client IP Address of the phone Subnet Mask Gateway DNS and TFTP Server...

Page 1097: ...me server1 Enable time server and enter at time server2 least one time server IP address or time server3 qualified domain name Time Server Disabled 0 false means the time server is not disabled 1 true means the time server is disabled NAT Settings Option 1 If you are connecting to a Nortel MCS call server and there is a NAT device between the server and the phone then you must set the following tw...

Page 1098: ...Sample Configuration Files C 32 nnn nnnn nnn IP Phone Administrator Guide sip nortel nat timer 60 seconds between keep alive messages ...

Page 1099: ...3 If you know the public IP address of your NAT device and and have opened up a port for the SIP messages then you can statically assign this information sip nat ip 67 123 122 90 sip nat port 5890 Additional Network Settings sip rtp port 3000 Eg RTP packets are sent to port 3000 Configuration Server Settings Notes This section defines which server the phone retrieves new firmware images and config...

Page 1100: ...Sample Configuration Files C 34 nnn nnnn nnn IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Page 1101: ...68 0 131 can be IP or FQDN ftp username aastra ftp password 6757iaastra HTTP server settings for http bogus aastra com firmware http server bogus aastra com can be IP or FQDN http path firmware Dial Plan Settings Notes As you dial a number on the phone the phone will initiate a call when one of the following conditions are meet 1 The entered number is an exact match in the dial plan 2 The symbol h...

Page 1102: ...Sample Configuration Files C 36 nnn nnnn nnn IP Phone Administrator Guide ...

Page 1103: ...n t match the dial plan then the call is rejected sip digit timeout 3 set the inter digit timeout in seconds Example dial plans sip dial plan x xx this is the default dial string note that is must be quoted since it contains a character sip dial plan 01 xxx 2 8 xxxx 91xxxxxxxxxx accecpt any 4 digit number beginning with a 0 or 1 any 5 digit number beginning with a number between 2 and 8 inclusive ...

Page 1104: ...C2833 on by default Global SIP User Settings Notes These settings are used as the default configuration for the hard key lines on the phone That is L1 to L4 on the 6757i and 6757iCT L1 to L3 on the 6753i These can be over ridden on a per line basis using the per line settings See the Admin Guide for a detailed explaination of how this works sip screen name Joe Smith the name display on the phone s...

Page 1105: ...lookups sip registrar ip aastra com IP address or FQDN of registrar sip registrar port 0 as proxy port but for the registrar sip registration period 3600 registration period in seconds Per line SIP Settings configure line 3 as the support Broadsoft SCA line the proxy and registrar settings are taken from the global settings above sip line3 screen name Support sip line3 user name 4000 sip line3 dis...

Page 1106: ...rogrammable keys as line call appearances should be done in the mac cfg file since these are unique to each phone Notes There are a maximum of 7 programmable keys that can be configured on the 6753i phone and only 2 on the phone These can be set up through either of the 2 configuration files depending on whether this is to be server wide aastra cfg or phone specific mac cfg Each prgkey needs to be...

Page 1107: ...o monitor PRGKEY LINE This is line associated with the prgkey For line prgkeys the value must be between 4 and 9 1 3 are already hardcoded as the L1 L2 and L3 hard key line call appearances Speed Dials prgkey1 type speeddial prgkey1 value 8 prgkey2 type speeddial prgkey2 value 69 DND Key prgkey3 type dnd Line appearance prgkey4 type line prgkey4 line 5 blf prgkey5 type blf prgkey5 value 4559 prgke...

Page 1108: ......

Page 1109: ...ppendix Introduction This appendix provides sample BLF softkey settings for both the Asterisk server and the BroadSoft BroadWorks server Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Sample BLF Softkey Settings page D 2 Asterisk BLF page D 2 BroadSoft BroadWorks BLF page D 3 ...

Page 1110: ...ations to enable Asterisk BLF support on Aastra IP phones 6757i and 6757i CT Configuration Parameters for Asterisk BLF softkey1 type blf softkey1 value 9995551212 softkey1 label John softkey1 line 1 6753i Configuration Parameters for Asterisk BLF prgkey1 type blf prgkey1 value 9995551212 prgkey1 label John prgkey1 line 1 prgkey7 type blf prgkey7 value 9995551313 prgkey7 label Jane prgkey7 line 1 ...

Page 1111: ...key2 type list softkey2 label softkey2 value softkey2 line 1 list uri sip my6757i blf list as broadsoft com 6753i Configuration Parameters for Broadsoft BroadWorks BLF prgkey5 type list prgkey5 line 1 prgkey6 type list prgkey7 line 1 list uri sip my53i blf list as broadsoft com Note One softkey must be defined of type list for EACH monitored user So if there are 2 users being monitored 2 softkeys ...

Page 1112: ......

Page 1113: ...Sample Multiple Proxy Server Configuration About this appendix Introduction This appendix provides a sample multiple proxy server configuration Topics This appendix covers the following topics Topic Page Multiple Proxy Server Configuration page E 2 ...

Page 1114: ...sip nortel nat support 0 sip nortel nat timer 0 sip broadsoft talk 0 sip broadsoft hold 0 sip broadsoft conference 0 sip dial plan x line info Fill in all necessary information below carefully Populate all lines even if there is only one account line 1 sip line1 auth name sip line1 password sip line1 mode 0 sip line1 user name sip line1 display name sip line1 screen name sip line1 proxy ip sip lin...

Page 1115: ...rd sip line3 mode 0 sip line3 user name sip line3 display name sip line3 screen name line 4 sip line4 auth name sip line4 password sip line4 mode 0 sip line4 user name sip line4 display name sip line4 screen name sip line4 proxy ip sip line4 proxy port 5060 sip line4 registrar ip sip line4 registrar port 5060 sip registration period 500 sip nortel nat support 0 sip nortel nat timer 0 sip broadsoft...

Page 1116: ......

Page 1117: ...e original purchase date is to be provided with all telephone sets returned for warranty repairs Exclusions Aastra Telecom does not warrant its telephone sets to be compatible with the equipment of any particular telephone company This warranty does not extend to damage to products resulting from improper installation or operation alteration accident neglect abuse misuse fire or natural causes suc...

Page 1118: ...arranty Service Aastra Telecom offers ongoing repair and support for this product This service provides repair or replacement of your Aastra Telecom product at Aastra Telecom s option for a fixed charge You are responsible for all shipping charges For further information and shipping instructions In North America contact our service information number 1 800 574 1611 Outside North America contact y...

Page 1119: ... administrator options 3 1 4 2 Allow and Allow Event headers 6 50 auto call distribution acd auto available 3 30 acd auto available timer 3 30 subscription period 5 196 Auto Call Distribution ACD key 5 148 auto answer 5 104 A 201 about 5 103 auto answer delay before 5 104 B backlight mode 6755i 6757i 6757i CT A 70 barge in 5 105 A 202 Basic Preferences 3 19 Basic settings Call Forward Mode 3 23 ca...

Page 1120: ...ers List key 1 30 1 35 callers list key 1 8 1 17 1 20 5 150 5 158 CancelAction for XML applciations 5 319 Codecs 4 96 customized preference list of 4 97 conf key 5 151 5 159 conference transfer remaining parties when conference ends 5 368 conference key 1 8 1 18 1 21 enabling disabling 5 114 mapping as speeddial 5 115 Conference softkey 1 31 1 35 conferencing SIP Join feature 5 367 config server a...

Page 1121: ...ted Call Pickup DCP key 5 148 Directory key 1 30 1 35 directory key 1 9 1 18 1 21 5 151 5 158 directory list download behavior 5 307 downloading procedures 5 311 downloading to server 5 306 limitations for 5 307 overview 5 302 using 5 308 DND account based 5 207 configuring 5 201 DND key 5 148 DNS caching 4 23 DNS1 3 39 DNS2 3 40 DSCP 3 50 4 56 DTMF digits configuring display of 5 65 5 68 displayi...

Page 1122: ...PS client method 3 47 HTTPS Server block XML HTTP posts 3 46 HTTPS server redirect 3 46 HTTPS settings 3 46 HTTPS trusted certificates filename 3 49 HTTPS validate certificates 3 48 I Icom key 5 151 icom key 5 158 incoming call interrupts dialing 5 76 Installation 1 17 1 23 1 26 Installation Guide for IP phone 1 xviii intercom feature configuring 5 105 incoming calls 5 104 outgoing calls 5 103 Int...

Page 1123: ...lldp packet interval 3 42 LLDP MED and ELIN 5 98 local dial plan dial plan terminator 5 55 secondary dial tone 5 56 lockIn for xml applications 5 319 locking keys on the IP phone 5 49 locking keys procedures 5 50 locking softkeys and programmable keys A 251 A 256 locking unlocking the phone 5 10 M Mexican cadences 5 126 microphone mute A 201 missed calls indicator accessing and clearing 5 301 enab...

Page 1124: ... UI 3 3 options key 1 9 1 17 1 20 Options key redirection 5 357 options menu simplified A 7 out of sequence errors ignoring 6 49 P paging configuring group RTP settings 5 110 group RTP setting description 5 108 Paging key 5 152 paging RTP paging listen addresses 3 26 parameters 6755i 6757i 6757i CT softkeys A 218 802 1x support settings A 125 Aastra Web UI A 17 acd auto available timer A 210 ACD s...

Page 1125: ...d line A 170 preferred line timeout A 170 priority alert settings A 176 programmable keys 6753i 6755i A 227 rport A 33 RTCP summary reports A 47 RTP Codec DTMF global settings A 133 show call destination name A 184 silence suppression settings A 136 single call restriction setting A 260 sip diversion display global setting A 183 SIP join feature A 101 sip lineN diversion display per line setting A...

Page 1126: ...ity 3 28 programmable keys 5 142 about 1 18 1 21 configuring 5 153 public key 5 160 Q QoS 4 54 R Reason Header field in SIP message 6 50 redial key 1 8 1 17 1 20 enabling disabling 5 114 mapping as speeddial 5 115 repair 0 2 requirements IP phone 1 39 restarting IP phone 3 13 ring tone global ring tone 3 27 patterns used for 5 124 per line ring tone 3 27 tone set setting 3 27 ring tone sets 5 120 ...

Page 1127: ...nd timer 2 3 62 transaction timer 3 62 transport protocol 3 63 whitelist proxy 3 66 XML SIP Notify 3 66 SIP settings basic 3 55 auth name 3 56 BLA number 3 56 caller ID 3 55 display name 3 55 line mode 3 56 password 3 56 phone number 3 55 screen name 3 55 screen name 2 3 55 user name 3 55 SIP settings network backup proxy port 3 57 backup proxy server 3 57 backup registrar port 3 59 backup registr...

Page 1128: ...3 50 transfer key 1 8 1 18 1 21 Transfer softkey 1 31 1 35 troubleshooting 9 3 error messages 9 15 log settings 9 3 log settings for A 271 module debug level settings 9 4 solutions to common problems 9 19 support information 9 7 watchdog feature 9 12 WatchDog tasks for A 274 Tx Rx adjustments about 5 361 configuring 5 362 type of service RTCP 3 50 RTP 3 50 SIP 3 50 U upgrading firmware 8 2 UPnP co...

Page 1129: ...mized services 5 316 disconnected action URI 5 341 enabling disabling SIP Notify 5 346 key redirection 5 356 off hook interaction with XML applications 5 359 Options key redirection Services key on 6751i 5 357 override for a locked phone 5 360 polling action URIs 5 339 procedure for configuring 5 323 push from the server 5 321 push requests 5 323 scroll delay for status messages 5 321 SIP Notify e...

Page 1130: ......

Page 1131: ...RS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE M5T SIP Stack M5T Portions of this software are 1997 2006 M5T a Division of Media5 Corporation M5T tm All intellectual property rights in such portions of the software and documentation are owned...

Page 1132: ... reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 4 Th...

Page 1133: ...nal SSLeay License Copyright C 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com All rights reserved This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to The following conditions apply to all code found in thi...

Page 1134: ...edgement This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CO...

Page 1135: ...SED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Wind River Systems VxWorks software The VxWorks Run Time software module is Copyright c WindRiver Systems Inc all rights reserved It is licensed for use not sold All use of this product and the VxWorks Run Time module is subject to agreement with the following EULA terms With respect to the Run Time Module Wind River and its licensors are third party beneficia...

Page 1136: ...is not obligated to support or update the Software Except as otherwise expressly provided Intel grants no express or implied right under Intel patents copyrights trademarks or other intellectual property rights You may transfer the Software only if the recipient agrees to be fully bound by these terms and if you retain no copies of the Software LIMITED MEDIA WARRANTY If the Software has been deliv...

Page 1137: ...ot export the Software in violation of applicable export laws and regulations Intel is not obligated under any other agreements unless they are in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Intel GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS The Software is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in FAR52 227 14 and DFAR252 ...

Page 1138: ......

Page 1139: ......

Page 1140: ...eries 2009 Aastra Telecom Inc If you ve read this owner s manual and consulted the Troubleshooting section and still have problems please visit our website at www aastratelecom com or call 1 800 574 1611 for technical assistance 41 001160 04 Rev 02 Release 2 5 October 2009 ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for 67 Series

KX-DT 333 Series

Brand: Panasonic Pages: 8

KX-DT 343 Series

Brand: Panasonic Pages: 4

KXTG6423 - EXPAND DIGITAL PHONE

Brand: Panasonic Pages: 8

Brand: Samsung Pages: 23

GALAXY S8 ACTIVE

Brand: Samsung Pages: 12

Galaxy S5 Sport

Brand: Samsung Pages: 30

Brand: Samsung Pages: 23

Brand: Samsung Pages: 58

Brand: Samsung Pages: 2

Brand: Samsung Pages: 18

Brand: Samsung Pages: 80

Galaxy S Vibrant

Brand: Samsung Pages: 193

Brand: Samsung Pages: 44

Brand: Samsung Pages: 12

Brand: Samsung Pages: 40

Brand: Samsung Pages: 22

Brand: Samsung Pages: 114

Brand: Samsung Pages: 4

Brands by name

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Popular brands

Load more brands